en_tn/tn_MAT.tsv

1	Reference	ID	Tags	SupportReference	Quote	Occurrence	Note
2	front:intro	sa9c				0	Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew Part 1: General Introduction Outline of the book of Matthew The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25) Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28) Jesus illustrates the kingdom of God through acts of healing (8:1-9:34) Jesus teaches about mission and the kingdom (9:35-10:42) Jesus teaches about the gospel of the kingdom of God. Opposition to Jesus begins. (11:1-12:50) Jesus tells parables about the kingdom of God (13:1-52) Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:57) Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of God (18:1-35) Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46) Jesus teaches about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46) The crucifixion of Jesus, his death and resurrection (26:1-28:19) What is the book of Matthew about? The Gospel of Matthew is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the Gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Matthew showed that Jesus was the Messiah, and God would save Israel through him. Matthew often explained that Jesus fulfilled the Old Testament prophecies about the Messiah. This may indicate that he expected most of his first readers to be Jewish. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) How should the title of this book be translated? Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Matthew,” or “The Gospel according to Matthew.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Matthew wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Who wrote the book of Matthew? The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was the Apostle Matthew. Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts What is the “kingdom of heaven?” Matthew spoke of the “kingdom of heaven” in the same way that other Gospel writers spoke of the kingdom of God. The kingdom of heaven represents God ruling over all people and all creation everywhere. Those whom God accepts into his kingdom will be blessed. They will live with God forever. What were the teaching methods of Jesus? The people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in ways similar those of other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]]) Part 3: Important Translation Issues What are the Synoptic Gospels? The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.” The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible. Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”? In the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” It is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In that passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” That means the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to the son of man to rule over the nations forever. All the people will worship him forever. Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. Therefore, Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]]) Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title. What are the major issues in the text of the book of Matthew? The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions: “Bless those who curse you; do good to those who hate you” (5:44) “For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen” (6:13) “But this kind of demon does not go out except with prayer and fasting” (17:21) “For the Son of Man came to save that which was lost” (18:11) “Many are called, but few are chosen” (20:16) “Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for you devour widows’ houses, while you make a show of long prayers. You will therefore receive greater condemnation.” (23:14) Translators are advised not to include these passages. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these passages, the translators may include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Matthew’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3	1:intro	y7kk				0	Matthew 1 General Notes Structure and Formatting Indentation Some translations set a quotation from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this for the quoted material in 1:23. Genealogy A genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Genealogies were important to the Jewish people because family lineage is how they decided how someone functioned in society. For instance, if someone was a descendant of Aaron, they were able to become priests. Similarly, if someone was a descendant of King David, they were able to become a king. This genealogy shows that Jesus was clearly a descendant of King David, and therefore, was able to become king. Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter Use of the passive voice Matthew uses the passive voice very purposefully in this chapter to indicate that Mary did not have a sexual relationship with anyone. She became pregnant with Jesus because the Holy Spirit performed a miracle. Many languages do not have a passive voice, so translators in those languages must find other ways to present the same truths. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4	1:1	vpg1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ, υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ	1	Here, son means “descendant.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “of Jesus Christ, descendant of King David, who was a descendent of Abraham” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5	1:3	g8y6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	of Perez … Zerah … of Hezron … of Ram	0	Unless stated otherwise, all of the names in this genealogy are men’s names. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6	1:5	q5bd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ῥαχάβ & Ῥούθ	1	Rahab and Ruth are the names of women. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
7	1:11	v2im		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος	1	Here, Babylonian refers to the country of Babylonia, not just the city of Babylon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the deportation to Babylonia” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8	1:12	y7cx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μετὰ & τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος	1	Use the same wording you used in 1:11 for Babylonian. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9	1:16	b3bm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Μαρίας, ἐξ ἧς ἐγεννήθη Ἰησοῦς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Mary, who gave birth to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10	1:16	wdbo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Μαρίας	1	The word Mary is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
11	1:16	z2rg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom people called Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12	1:17	z5xw			τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος	1	Use the same wording you used in 1:11.
13	1:18	gnl6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἡ γένεσις οὕτως ἦν	1	This begins a new part of the story in which the author describes the events leading up to the birth of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
14	1:18	cqt1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μνηστευθείσης τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ Μαρίας τῷ Ἰωσήφ	1	Mary was given by her parents to Joseph to marry him. This was common in their culture. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Mary, whose parents promised to Joseph that Mary, Jesus’ mother, would marry him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
15	1:18	xvk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	πρὶν & συνελθεῖν αὐτοὺς	1	This may refer to Mary and Joseph having sexual relations together. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “before they had united sexually” or “before they joined in physical union” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
16	1:18	in4a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “realized that she was going to have a baby” or “became aware that she was pregnant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17	1:18	q6y8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα	1	This is an idiom meaning it was discovered that she was pregnant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: (1) “was found by Joseph that she was pregnant” or (2), more generally “was discovered to be pregnant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
18	1:18	a71d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	The power of the Holy Spirit had caused Mary to conceive a baby before she had slept with a man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the Holy Spirit causing her to be pregnant without sleeping with a man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19	1:19	pu3p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	Ἰωσὴφ δὲ ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς, δίκαιος ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων αὐτὴν δειγματίσαι, ἐβουλήθη λάθρᾳ ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν	1	Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand who Joseph was and what his motives were. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Joseph her husband, a righteous man who did not want to embarrass her publicly, planned to quietly end their engagement.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
20	1:20	iip4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐνθυμηθέντος, ἰδοὺ, ἄγγελος Κυρίου κατ’ ὄναρ ἐφάνη αὐτῷ	1	The angel appeared to Joseph at the same time that he was considering divorcing Mary. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “During the time when Joseph was considering divorcing Mary, an angel of the Lord appeared to him in a dream” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
21	1:20	lc8r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	Here, son means “descendant.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “descendant of King David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
22	1:20	va5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ & ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ Πνεύματός ἐστιν Ἁγίου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit caused Mary to become pregnant with this child” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23	1:21	j38f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν	1	The phrase for he will save his people from their sins is explaining the meaning of the nameJesus. In Hebrew, Jesus comes from the word meaning “to save”. Use a natural way in your language for introducing this background information. Alternate translation: “For, just like his name means, he will save his people from their sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
24	1:22	c1vw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the Lord told the prophet to write long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25	1:22	p39k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ προφήτου	1	There were many prophets. Matthew was speaking specifically of Isaiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26	1:22	e8ld		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντος	1	In Paul’s culture, saying is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation, ending the previous sentence with a period and beginning a new sentence: “He wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
27	1:23	sln1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἐμμανουήλ	1	The word Immanuel is a male name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
28	1:23	wlft		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	The term Behold focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case seeing means giving notice and attention. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation, followed by a new sentence: “Pay attention to what I am saying to you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
29	1:23	lm6t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός	1	Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand what the name Immanuel means. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation, as a new sentence: “This name means, ‘God with us’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
30	1:24	iue3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος Κυρίου, καὶ παρέλαβεν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ	1	Connecting Statement: If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “took Mary as his wife, just as the angel of the Lord commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
31	1:25	i7p5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτὴν	1	Matthew uses a polite expression to say that they had not engaged in sexual activity. Alternate translation: “he did not have sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
32	2:intro	dz1c				0	Matthew 2 General Notes Structure and Formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6 and 18, which are words from the Old Testament. Special Concepts in this Chapter “Learned men” These were men who studied the stars in the sky to try to learn what the gods were communicating to them. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you can state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
33	2:1	j9yn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ γεννηθέντος ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἐν ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως, ἰδοὺ, μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν παρεγένοντο εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	The phrase learned men from the east arrived in Jerusalem comes after Jesus had been born in Bethlehem of Judea. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Now after Jesus had been born in the city of Bethlehem, which is in Judea, men who studied the stars came to Jerusalem from an eastern country” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
34	2:1	kf5g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἡρῴδου	1	There was more than one man named Herod. This refers to Herod the Great. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
35	2:1	p6gc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν	1	See the note on these men in the Chapter Introduction. Alternate translation: “men who studied the stars” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
36	2:2	w3nc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	εἴδομεν γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ καὶ ἤλθομεν προσκυνῆσαι αὐτῷ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase is the result of the first phrase. Alternate translation: “We have come to worship him, for we saw his star in the sky in the east” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
37	2:2	zj7c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα	1	They were not saying that the baby was the owner of the star, but rather that this star was directing them to where the child was. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the star that tells about him” or “the star that is associated with his birth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
38	2:2	v248			προσκυνῆσαι	1	This could mean: (1) they intended to worship the baby as divine. (2) they wanted to honor him as a human king. If your language has a word that includes both meanings, you should consider using it here.
39	2:3	qu3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	Here, Jerusalem refers to the people who live in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “all the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
40	2:3	b0gt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Matthew left out some words in this phrase that might be needed in certain languages to make a full sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and many in Jerusalem were troubled along with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
41	2:3	mc1r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	Here, all means “many.” Matthew is exaggerating to emphasize how many people were worried. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “many of the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
42	2:4	ne4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἐπυνθάνετο παρ’ αὐτῶν ποῦ ὁ Χριστὸς γεννᾶται	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked them where the Messiah was supposed to have been born” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
43	2:5	w68n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1	Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “He is supposed to have been born in Bethlehem, which is in the region of Judea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
44	2:5	z2i4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὕτως & γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this is what the prophet wrote long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
45	2:5	o460		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	οὕτως γὰρ γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	In Matthew’s culture, for thus it has been written through the prophet is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Micah the prophet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “according to Micah the prophet, who wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
46	2:6	kmw7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	καὶ σύ Βηθλέεμ, γῆ Ἰούδα, οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα; ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ	1	Micah was speaking to Bethlehem as if it were a person. If it would be helpful in your language, consider referring to Bethlehem in the third person. Alternate translation: “Bethlehem, in the land of Judah, is by no means the least among the leaders of Judah, for from this region a ruler will come who will shepherd my people Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
47	2:6	c2cl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning of are by no means the least among the leaders of Judah positively. Alternate translation: “your town is among the most important towns in Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
48	2:6	rihn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος	1	When Matthew says for from you will come out a ruling one, he is talking about from the people who live in Bethlehem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for from your people a leader will come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
49	2:6	tg5d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ	1	Micah speaks of this ruler as one who will shepherd my people Israel. This means he will lead and care for the people just like a shepherd cares for their animals. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “who will lead my people Israel and take care of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
50	2:8	jtw7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	καὶ πέμψας αὐτοὺς εἰς Βηθλέεμ εἶπεν, πορευθέντες ἐξετάσατε ἀκριβῶς περὶ τοῦ παιδίου; ἐπὰν δὲ εὕρητε, ἀπαγγείλατέ μοι ὅπως κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν προσκυνήσω αὐτῷ	1	Herod first says having gone, search carefully for the young child, and after you have found him, report to me so that I also, having come, might worship him. and then he sent them to Bethlehem but Matthew reversed the order of these phrases. If it would be more natural in your language, you could restore the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Herod said to the men who study the stars, ‘After you leave, search carefully for the young child, and after you have found him, report to me so that I also, having come, might worship him.’ Then he sent them to Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
51	2:11	q8vp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πεσόντες προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ	1	In their culture, having fallen down, they worshiped him was something that was done to a king. This shows that they saw Jesus as the true king of the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they bowed down and honored the child as they would a king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
52	2:11	r452		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν	1	Here, their treasures refers to the boxes or bags they used to carry their treasures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the containers that held their treasures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
53	2:11	kidl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δῶρα	1	In some cultures, gifts are brought when you are meeting someone important to show that you honor them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they offered him gifts to honor him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
54	2:13	v88f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you can make the full meaning of this statement explicit. Alternate translation: “until I tell you it is safe to come back” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
55	2:15	ft3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἦν ἐκεῖ	1	It is implied that Joseph, Mary, and Jesus remained in Egypt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph, Mary, and Jesus were there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
56	2:15	we5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order that God might prove true that which he spoke through the prophet Hosea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
57	2:15	s792		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντος	1	See how you translated saying in 1:23(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
58	2:16	g513		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the learned men had embarrassed him by tricking him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
59	2:16	d8d5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀποστείλας, ἀνεῖλεν πάντας τοὺς παῖδας	1	Herod sent other people to kill the children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he gave orders for his soldiers to kill all the boys” or “he sent soldiers there to kill all the boy babies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
60	2:17	l8g5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν	1	See how your translated this in 2:15 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
61	2:18	k91t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	φωνὴ & ἠκούσθη	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People heard a voice” or “People heard a sound” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
62	2:18	x062		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὀδυρμὸς πολύς	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the sound of weeping was very strong. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “much weeping” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
63	2:18	zm17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Ῥαχὴλ κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς, καὶ οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι	1	Rachel lived many years before this time. This prophecy depicts Rachel, who is represented by her descendants weeping over their children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Rachel are weeping over their children, and no one can comfort them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
64	2:18	rgg1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one could comfort her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
65	2:18	p9ri		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ὅτι οὐκ εἰσίν	1	Here, they are no more is a polite way of saying they are dead. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “because they were dead” or “because the children were gone and would never return” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
66	2:20	hz2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου	1	Here, seeking the life of the child is a way of saying they wanted to kill the child. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “those who were looking for the child in order to kill him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
67	2:22	h4cq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἀρχέλαος	1	The word Archelaus is the name of Herod’s son. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
68	2:23	dx5i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν	1	See how you translated this in 2:15 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
69	3:intro	a6h3				0	Matthew 3 General Notes Structure and Formatting Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in verse 3. Special Concepts in this Chapter John the Baptist In this chapter, John the Baptist appears, preaching in the wilderness. He is portrayed by Matthew as resembling the Prophet Elijah in the way that he dresses and by what he eats. We know from other Gospels that John is Jesus’ cousin. John the Baptist comes before Jesus to make people ready for his coming. “Kingdom of heaven” “The kingdom of Heaven” is synonymous with “kingdom of God” from the other three Gospels. It is a major concept in the Gospel of Matthew and is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of people becoming the people over whom God rules. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating this idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom.” UST models this approach consistently. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) “Bear fruit worthy of repentance” Fruit is a common metaphor for doing good things that God desires you to do. That idea is similar to what we observe in nature, that if a fruit plant is healthy, it will bear a lot of good fruit, but if a fruit plant is unhealthy, it will bear bad fruit or no fruit. Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter Metonymy Matthew uses metonymy frequently in this chapter to express groups of people or things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language to express these figures of speech.
70	3:1	xp3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of the ministry of John the Baptist. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time while Jesus was still in Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
71	3:1	ifa0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς	1	This introduces John as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression “the Baptist” identifies him as someone who baptized people in water after they were sorry for their sins. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man named John, who baptized people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
72	3:2	hvx8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἤγγικεν & ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The phrase the kingdom of the heavens refers to God ruling as king. Here, heavens refers to the place from which God rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
73	3:3	fl4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ῥηθεὶς διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “For John was the one about whom Isaiah spoke when he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
74	3:3	yhe7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ	1	Here there is a direct quotation inside a direct quotation, as Matthew quotes Isaiah who quotes the messenger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “telling people to make ready the way of the Lord and to make his paths straight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
75	3:3	hxb6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “The voice of someone is heard crying out in the wilderness, saying:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
76	3:3	s62r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	φωνὴ βοῶντος	1	Here, a voice refers to the messenger who uses his voice to cry out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “People will hear the messenger’s voice as he cries out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
77	3:3	n7lh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ	1	Make ready the way of the Lord and make his paths straight mean almost the same thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the two. “Prepare to hear and obey the Lord’s message when he comes”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
78	3:3	j99i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Isaiah uses a metaphor here of preparing paths or the way on which someone will travel. If someone prepares a path for another, they make the path walkable. If someone in high authority were coming, they would make sure the roads were clear from any hazards. So this metaphor means that the people should prepare themselves to receive the Lord’s message when he comes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain speech. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear and obey the Lord’s message when he comes” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
79	3:4	j647		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Ἰωάννης εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, ἡ δὲ τροφὴ ἦν αὐτοῦ ἀκρίδες καὶ μέλι ἄγριον	1	The word Now is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew gives the reader some background information about what John the Baptist ate and what he looked like. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
80	3:4	su9d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου	1	The phrase had his clothing from the hair of a camel means that he wore clothes made from camels’ hair. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “wore clothing made from the hair of a camel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
81	3:4	wo34		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	καμήλου	1	If your readers would not know what a camel is, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “large, humped animal used for riding and carrying burdens in hot, dry areas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
82	3:4	xgxk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀκρίδες	1	If your readers would not know what locusts are, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “grasshoppers” or “insects” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
83	3:5	j8ke		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	The words Jerusalem, Judea, and the region around the Jordan are metonyms for the people from those areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people from Jerusalem, Judea, and the region near the Jordan river” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
84	3:5	zys1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος	1	The word all is an exaggeration to emphasize that very many people went out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that depicts many people. Alternate translation: “very many people from Jerusalem, Judea, and the region near the Jordan river” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
85	3:6	v5xn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίζοντο & ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “receiving baptism by John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
86	3:7	fjl3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	Here, offspring of vipers means having the characteristic of vipers, which are poisonous snakes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “You evil poisonous snakes!” or “You are evil like poisonous snakes!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
87	3:7	c4cl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς?	1	John uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees because they were asking him to baptize them so that God would not punish them, but they did not want to stop sinning. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You cannot flee from God’s wrath like this.” or “Do not think that you can escape God’s wrath just because I baptize you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
88	3:7	h7ac		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς	1	The phrase coming wrath is being used to refer to God’s punishment. Wrath itself cannot come, but God is the one who causes it to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “to flee from God’s wrath which he is bringing against you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
89	3:8	s8ac		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ποιήσατε οὖν καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας	1	The phrase produce fruit is a metaphor referring to a person’s actions. Just as a healthy tree bears good fruit, so should someone who loves God do good. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “So, let your actions show that you have truly repented” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
90	3:9	anyf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	They would say We have Abraham {as} father because they thought being Abraham’s descendants would protect them from God’s judgment. Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor, so God would not punish us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
91	3:9	s4og		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πατέρα	1	Here, the word father means “ancestor.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
92	3:9	k843		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1	John uses an exaggeration here to show that God does not need these Pharisees and Sadducees to fulfill his promises which he made to Abraham. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that portrays this exaggeration. Alternate translation: “God could make children of Abraham even out of these rocks!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
93	3:9	eedc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1	Here, the word children means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “descendants for Abraham” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
94	3:10	d4j5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἤδη δὲ ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται; πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The person who is going to cut down the tree has already placed his ax against the roots. So, he will cut down every tree which does not bear good fruit and throw it into the fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
95	3:10	a8m8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	The phrase every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and is thrown into the fire is a figurative way of describing punishment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish every person who does not repent of their sins and do good deeds to show it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
96	3:11	c1xf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς τὰ ὑποδήματα βαστάσαι	1	Here, to carry sandals was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that John is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
97	3:11	gtm7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί	1	John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak of spiritual baptism, which cleanses people from their sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
98	3:12	gcq8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	John is saying that the Messiah will come prepared to judge people right away. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “He will already be prepared to judge people, just like a farmer who is ready to thresh grain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
99	3:12	sq4p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, in his hand means the person is ready to act. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Christ is holding a winnowing fork because he is ready” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
100	3:12	b5m4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸ πτύον	1	A winnowing fork is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down, and the wind blows away the unwanted chaff. This tool is similar to a pitchfork. If you have a similar tool in your culture, you can use the word for it here. Otherwise, you can use a phrase that would express the meaning. Alternate translation: “tool for threshing grain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
101	3:12	r2ua		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ	1	The threshing floor was the place where harvested wheat was processed to separate the valuable grain from the useless husks. To clear off the floor is to finish threshing all the grain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the name of a place of similar use in your culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “his place where he separated the grain from the chaff” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
102	3:12	av8l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	συνάξει τὸν σῖτον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην & τὸ δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ	1	John continues to speak, describing how the coming Messiah will judge people. The wheat is the part of the crop that is useful. It represents people who are obedient to God, who will be welcomed into his presence. The chaff is the husk that surrounds the grain. It is not useful for anything, so people burn it up. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here, placing a period after “floor” and deleting the word “and.”. Alternate translation: “He will welcome those who are obedient to God, just as a farmer stores good grain in his barn. But he will punish those who are disobedient to God, just as a farmer burns up the useless chaff” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
103	3:13	vl93		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	τότε	1	Connecting Statement: This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
104	3:13	zbj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so John could baptize him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
105	3:14	cl7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἐγὼ χρείαν ἔχω ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός με?	1	John uses a question to show his surprise at Jesus’ request. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are more important than I am. I should not baptize you. You should baptize me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
106	3:15	h6ca		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	Here, us refers to Jesus and John. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
107	3:15	wdcu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην	1	The phrase to fulfill all righteousness means to do everything which God requires someone to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to do everything which God has told us to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
108	3:16	inf6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	βαπτισθεὶς	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after John baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
109	3:16	jh1v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sky opened up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
110	3:16	e3na		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Θεοῦ καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν ἐρχόμενον ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	The phrase like a dove could mean: (1) the Spirit looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “he Spirit come down from heaven, looking like a dove” (2) the Spirit descend upon Jesus as a dove descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God came down from heaven as a dove comes down” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile)
111	3:17	m2wk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσα	1	Matthew speaks of this voice as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. The voice is God’s voice. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification)
112	3:17	myz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου	1	This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
113	4:intro	hgw2				0	Matthew 4 General Notes Structure and Formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 5 and 16, which are words from the Old Testament. Special Concepts in this Chapter The Devil The devil, or Satan, is a fallen angel who attacks God’s people and tries to get them to turn against God. The devil hates God and all that God created because he wants to take the place of God and be worshiped as God. rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter
114	4:1	k51m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	τότε	1	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After this,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
115	4:1	aq3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη & ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
116	4:1	wy4b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so the devil could tempt Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
117	4:2	cft7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα	1	This means he fasted continually with no breaks for a period of 40 days. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
118	4:2	cuu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα	1	Matthew uses 40 days and 40 nights to express that Jesus fasted for 40 entire days without stopping. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for 40 whole days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
119	4:3	oyws		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται	1	The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, and that the stone will only become bread if Jesus speaks to them as the Son of God. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the Son of God. If this would be unclear in your language, you could clarify. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by commanding these stones to become bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
120	4:3	c1ac		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
121	4:4	fd67		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote this in the Scriptures long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
122	4:4	sph9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	γέγραπται	1	In Matthew’s culture, it is written is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, an Old Testament book written by Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
123	4:4	i33v			οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	This can either be (1) a command. Alternate translation: “Man shall not live on bread alone” or (2) a general statement: Alternate translation: “Man does not live on bread alone”
124	4:4	d010		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	This verse is not speaking about a specific person, but about people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “A person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
125	4:4	xbai		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’	1	What follows the word but here is in contrast to what came before it. People should not only live on food, but also must hear what the Lord is teaching them. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but also” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
126	4:4	jl6f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος Θεοῦ	1	The metaphor coming from the mouth of God refers to everything which God has spoken. God does not actually have a mouth from which words would come. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “every word which God has spoken” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
127	4:6	x2vg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
128	4:6	dnrp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω	1	When Satan tells Jesus to throw yourself down, he means that Jesus should throw himself from on top of the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throw yourself down from on top of the high point of the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
129	4:6	x6zc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται γὰρ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God has written in his word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
130	4:6	fa8l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	γέγραπται	1	Satan is quoting from the book of Psalms. See note on 4:4 for how you translated this phrase (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
131	4:6	f1mm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε	1	This verse is saying that God’s angels would catch Jesus if he were to throw himself down. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The angels would catch you if you fell” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
132	4:7	fn07		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πάλιν γέγραπται	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Again, I will tell you what Moses wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
133	4:7	c7t5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις	1	Here, You refers to people in general, and not to a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “No one shall” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
134	4:8	d12q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ τὴν δόξαν αὐτῶν	1	Here, their glory is referring to the riches that these nations have. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the riches which they possess” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
135	4:9	al72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ταῦτά σοι πάντα δώσω	1	Satan is using a hypothetical statement to tempt Jesus. Make sure to make this hypothetical statement explicit in your language. Alternate translation: “If you bow down and worship me, I will give you all of these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
136	4:9	eas8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐὰν πεσὼν	1	This was a common action to show that a person was worshiping. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “if you show reverence to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
137	4:10	k49q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται γάρ	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “For Moses also wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
138	4:10	rig8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	προσκυνήσεις & λατρεύσεις	1	Here, You refers to people in general and not to a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Each person shall worship … each person shall serve” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
139	4:12	v7p4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	This is the beginning of a new part of the story in which Matthew describes the beginning of Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. These verses explain how Jesus came to be in Galilee. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
140	4:12	d1vi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Ἰωάννης παρεδόθη	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the king had arrested John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
141	4:13	hpm4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ὁρίοις Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Νεφθαλείμ	1	The words Zebulun and Naphtali are the names of the tribes that lived in these territories many years earlier, before foreigners took control of the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
142	4:14	tj7c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
143	4:15	egx6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ & Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	Jesus refers to these places, when he is really referring to the people who live in them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “You who live in Zebulun and Naphtali” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
144	4:15	se2r			ὁδὸν θαλάσσης	1	The phrase the way of the sea could also be a title referring to a road which ran along the Sea of Galilee.
145	4:16	fsl6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ	1	Here, the people being referred to are the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Jews, who are sitting in darkness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
146	4:16	h2xr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα & ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς	1	Here, darkness and region and shadow of death are metaphors for not knowing the truth about God. And light is a metaphor for God’s true message that saves people from their sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “The people sitting in sin have heard the message that God saves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
147	4:16	j6gz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ καθήμενος & τοῖς καθημένοις	1	Here, sitting is a metaphor for living. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “who are living … to those living” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
148	4:16	nn1r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς	1	The latter part of the sentence, and to those sitting in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen, has the same meaning as the first part of the sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you can combine the two parts of the verse into one. Alternate translation: “Those who are sitting in darkness have seen a great light” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
149	4:17	dku3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἤγγικεν & ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	See how you translated this in 3:2 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
150	4:18	yrx7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	This begins a new story about Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. Here he begins to gather men to be his disciples. The story does not say how long after previous events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
151	4:18	yfh5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	They were casting a net in order to catch fish. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throwing a net into the water to catch fish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
152	4:18	yyiy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον	1	Some cultures use a net to catch fish. A net is a mesh or network of cords or ropes which is thrown into the water to trap fish in it. If this would not be understood in your culture, you can use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “fishing in the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
153	4:18	qmzo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς	1	Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand why they were casting fishing nets. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation, as a new sentence: “They were doing this because they earned their living by catching fish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
154	4:19	y3zg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου	1	Come after me is an idiom meaning to follow the speaker and be their student. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Follow me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
155	4:19	n9h3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων	1	I will make you fishers of men means Jesus will cause Simon and Andrew to teach people God’s true message so others will also follow Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “I will teach you to gather men to me like you used to gather fish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
156	4:21	utn4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς	1	Here, he called them is an idiom meaning that he told them to follow him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he told them to follow him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
157	4:23	jt3m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας	1	Here, kingdom refers to God’s reign as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will soon show himself as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
158	4:23	nr8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν	1	The words disease and sickness are used here to cover every form of illness which someone might have. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “every form of illness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
159	4:23	ljkd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν	1	Here, every here is an exaggeration, and it does not mean that he healed every single disease among the people, but rather that he healed many different kinds of diseases. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “many diseases and many sicknesses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
160	4:24	i296		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δαιμονιζομένους	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom demons controlled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
161	4:24	hwa0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἀπῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν Συρίαν	1	News itself can not go out, but rather, people spread the news about what Jesus was doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “people were spreading the news of what Jesus was doing into all of Syria” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
162	4:24	unqn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ πάντας τοὺς κακῶς	1	Here, all the ones having sickness is an exaggeration and does not mean that every single person who was sick was brought to him, but rather that many were brought. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “Those who lived there brought many sick people to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
163	4:24	p3nf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σεληνιαζομένους	1	This refers to someone who goes unconscious and their body moves uncontrollably. If your readers would not be familiar with this disease, you could use the name of something like this from your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “those who sometimes become unconscious and move uncontrollably” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
164	4:24	qk4c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	καὶ παραλυτικούς	1	A person who is a paralytic is someone who is not able to use or control a large portion of their body due to injury or sickness. If your readers would not be familiar with this sickness, you could use the name of something like this in your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “someone who is paralyzed” or “someone who is not able to use a large portion of their body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
165	4:25	i9m7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Δεκαπόλεως	1	This name means “the Ten Towns.” This is the name of a region to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
166	5:intro	awz8				0	Matthew 5 General Notes Structure and Formatting Many people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section. Matthew 5:3-10, known as the Beatitudes or Blessings, has been set apart by being set farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text, with each line beginning with the word “blessed.” This way of placing the words on the page highlights the poetic form of this teaching. Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject. Special Concepts in this Chapter “His disciples” It is possible to refer to anyone who followed Jesus as a follower or disciple. Jesus selected 12 of his followers to become his closest disciples, “the twelve disciples” or “the Twelve.” They would later become known as the apostles. Generic Noun Phrases In this chapter, because Jesus is talking to a very large crowd, he often uses words such as “you”, “those”, “a person”, “someone” or other ways of speaking about people in general. He is not speaking about any particular person. This is a common practice when giving important universal teachers as Jesus is doing here. Express these phrases in a way that is natural in your language for speaking about people in general. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) The Law Many times in this chapter, it sounds like Jesus contrasts what the law says with “but I say.” Jesus is not actually contrasting what he says with the law, but is just expanding on the meaning of the law for his listeners, to apply it to their lives. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter You singular and you plural In this chapter, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural while he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
167	5:1	c5rq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Connecting Statement: This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
168	5:2	q9mm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ	1	Here, having opened his mouth is an idiom meaning to speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “when Jesus began to speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
169	5:3	jhdg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μακάριοι	1	The phrase Blessed {are} indicates that God is giving favor to people and that their situation is positive or good. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “How good it is for” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
170	5:3	o3y4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οἱ πτωχοὶ	1	Jesus is using the adjective poor as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
171	5:3	od1c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι	1	Jesus is referring to people in general in this phrase, not of any particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. See the note in the chapter introduction for a longer explanation. Alternate translation: “the people who are poor in spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
172	5:3	j7ct		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι	1	The phrase poor in spirit refers to someone who is in need of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “those who know they need God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
173	5:3	wpi6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	See how you translated kingdom of the heavens in 3:2 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
174	5:4	u8s3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μακάριοι	1	See the note in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
175	5:4	pgy8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	οἱ πενθοῦντες	1	See how you translated this type of phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
176	5:4	lie5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will comfort them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
177	5:5	mvb1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οἱ πραεῖς	1	Jesus is using the adjective meek as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are humble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
178	5:6	bi1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην	1	The phrase hungering and thirsting for righteousness describes people who strongly desire to do what is right. Hunger and thirst are the strongest desires a person can have. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “those who desire to live right as much as they desire food and drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
179	5:6	hlq2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will fill them” or “God will satisfy them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
180	5:8	s9gd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	Here, pure in heart is an idiom for a person’s good intentions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “those who have good intentions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
181	5:8	cr20		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	See the note in 5:3. Alternate translation: “people whose intentions please God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
182	5:8	t6ni		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψονται	1	Here, they will see God means they will be able to live in God’s presence, which a person cannot do unless they are in right relationship with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will live in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
183	5:9	tv19		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅτι αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ Θεοῦ κληθήσονται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God will call them his children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
184	5:10	bqu7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ δεδιωγμένοι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those people whom others treat unfairly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
185	5:10	f3li		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	See how you translated this in 5:3 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
186	5:11	t5kb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	μακάριοί ἐστε & ὑμᾶς & ὑμῶν	1	The word you, here and in the remainder of the chapter unless otherwise noted, is plural. Jesus is talking to the people in the crowd. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
187	5:11	eez3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	When Jesus says because of me, he means because they are following him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because you follow me” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
188	5:12	ssk9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε	1	Here, Rejoice and be very glad mean almost the same thing. Jesus said this to be emphatic. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Be exceedingly glad” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
189	5:12	bpwb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	Here, in the heavens means with God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “which you will receive when you are with God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
190	5:13	i3zp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς; ἐὰν δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται	1	This could mean: (1) just as salt makes food taste good, disciples of Jesus influence the people of the world so that they will be good. Alternate translation: “You are like salt for the people of the world” (2) just as salt preserves food, disciples of Jesus keep people from becoming totally corrupt. Alternate translation: “As salt is for food, you are for the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
191	5:13	yoif		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἐὰν δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται?	1	Jesus uses a question to teach the disciples that God does not use people who don’t care about what he wants. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A person who stops following God becomes useless to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
192	5:13	e7cz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “except for people to throw it out into the road and walk on it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
193	5:13	ojrg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	εἰς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ἔτι, εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω	1	Jesus is saying that the only use for the salt that lost its taste is to be trampled upon. If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “The salt is only useful for being thrown out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
194	5:14	wgh5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου	1	Just like a light shines in a dark place, Jesus is saying that, with his message, his disciples will shine in the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “You are like a light for the people of the world to see God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
195	5:14	bn28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη	1	When it is dark at night, people can see the lights of a city shining from far away, if the view of the city is not blocked by anything, being on top of the hill. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “At night, when the lights are most visible, a city on a hill cannot be hidden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
196	5:14	ny4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Everyone can see the lights from a city which is set on a hill” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
197	5:15	s5sb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	οὐδὲ καίουσιν λύχνον	1	See the note in the chapter introduction. Alternate translation: “People do not light a lamp” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
198	5:15	c8el		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’	1	What follows the words but rather is in contrast to what came before it. Instead of foolishly putting a lamp in a basket, you should set it on a high place to light up the room. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
199	5:16	qhp8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Let your light shine before men means the disciples of Jesus should live in such a way that others can learn about God’s truth because of how they live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Let your lives be like a light that shines before people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
200	5:16	iiu8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	God is referred to as our Father. He is not our father in that same way as our biological father. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for a man’s father, it would be appropriate to use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
201	5:16	ouqi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	See how you translated in the heavens in 5:12(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
202	5:17	gg3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοὺς προφήτας	1	This refers to what the prophets wrote in the Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the writings of the prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
203	5:17	re9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἦλθον καταλῦσαι, ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I did not come to nullify the law and the prophets, but I came to fulfill them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
204	5:17	jirt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	What follows the word but here is in contrast to what came before it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
205	5:18	cv3m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἕως ἂν παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ, ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου	1	The phrase until the heaven and the earth may pass away, one jot or one tittle may certainly not pass away from the law exaggerates the fact that no part of God’s word will ever pass away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “not even the smallest part of God’s word will ever pass away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
206	5:18	ylz6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα	1	The jot was the smallest Hebrew letter, and the tittle was a small mark that was the difference between two Hebrew letters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the smallest written letter or the smallest part of a letter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
207	5:19	uxz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ὃς ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων & ἐλάχιστος κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν & ὃς δ’ ἂν ποιήσῃ καὶ διδάξῃ, οὗτος μέγας κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν.	1	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the crowd of his disciples the importance of God’s law. Alternate translation: “If one were to nullify even the smallest of these commandments … God would call him the least important in his kingdom. If one were to do and teach the commandments, God would call him great in his kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
208	5:19	hxl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὃς ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ & ὃς δ’ ἂν ποιήσῃ	1	See the note in the chapter introduction. Alternate translation: “If anyone therefore breaks … If anyone does” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
209	5:19	dv5c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους & κληθήσεται	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “teaches others to do so, God will call that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
210	5:19	bg2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	See how you translated this in 3:2 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
211	5:20	l3lv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη & οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you can state this double negative in positive form. Alternate translation: “that only if your righteousness abounds … will you enter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
212	5:20	zqr6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη πλεῖον & οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the disciples about how holy they need to be to enter into the kingdom of the heavens. Alternate translation: “if your righteousness does not become much greater than that … you will never become a part of God’s people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
213	5:21	t6k5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God spoke to your ancestors long ago, saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
214	5:21	mij2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃς & ἂν φονεύσῃ, ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει	1	Here, the judgment implies that a judge will condemn the person to die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “A judge will condemn anyone who kills another person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
215	5:22	d5nl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ & τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, his brother refers to a fellow disciple of Jesus, not to a literal brother or a neighbor. If it would be helpful in your language, you can make it explicit. Alternate translation: “with another one believer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
216	5:22	w721		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate	ῥακά	1	This is an Aramaic word. Matthew spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
217	5:22	i9r5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὃς δ’ ἂν εἴπῃ	2	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And whoever might say to his brother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
218	5:23	chv4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον	1	It is implied that this is God’s altar at the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to God at the altar in the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
219	5:24	z9m5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πρῶτον διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “first, make peace with that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
220	5:24	q08w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	τότε	1	The word then indicates that only after the two are reconciled can this person offer something upon the altar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “then, once you are brought together again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
221	5:25	x4ta		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἴσθι εὐνοῶν τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου ταχὺ, ἕως ὅτου εἶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; μήποτέ σε παραδῷ ὁ ἀντίδικος τῷ κριτῇ, καὶ ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ, καὶ εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ	1	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of you and your in this verse are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
222	5:25	sr9d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου	1	An accuser is a person who blames someone else for doing something wrong. He may take the wrongdoer to court to accuse him before a judge. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the one who accuses you of doing wrong” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
223	5:25	x1tk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σε παραδῷ & τῷ κριτῇ	1	Here, hand you over means to give someone into the control of someone else. Alternate translation: “gives control of you to the judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
224	5:25	lr2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕως ὅτου εἶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	Here, on the way is referring to the time when they are walking to the place where the judge is. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while you are walking with him on the road to the court house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
225	5:25	nev9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μήποτέ σε παραδῷ ὁ ἀντίδικος τῷ κριτῇ	1	Here, hand you over means to bring someone to the judge to have the judge deal with them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “lest your accuser might bring you to the judge and give you to him so that he can judge you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
226	5:25	pq6d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ	1	Here, “hand you over” is implied from the previous phrase. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the judge might hand you over to the officer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
227	5:25	gcm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ	1	Here, the officer is a person who has authority to carry out the decisions of a judge. Usually this involves bringing people to jail if they have been declared guilty by the judge. Alternate translation: “to one who carries out the judge’s orders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
228	5:25	pzh4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the officer will put you in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
229	5:27	jxg5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅτι ἐρρέθη	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
230	5:28	glg9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, heart Is referring to the inner thoughts and desires of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “with her in his thoughts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
231	5:29	et3n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	εἰ δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ; συμφέρει γάρ σοι ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου, καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς Γέενναν	1	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of you and your here are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
232	5:29	ikp5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	εἰ & ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε	1	Here, right eye refers to both eyes. It was common in Jesus’ time to think the right eye was more important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “if one of your eyes causes you to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
233	5:29	y0f2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰ & ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε	1	Here, to stumble is a metaphor meaning “to sin.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “if you want to sin because of what your eye sees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
234	5:29	v6jr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἔξελε αὐτὸν	1	This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning, even if that means removing an eye. If you mention both eyes in this verse, it will be necessary to say “pluck them out” here. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
235	5:29	v1cn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς Γέενναν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “than for God to throw your whole body into hell” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
236	5:29	v687		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου	1	Here, one of your members is referring to an individual part of the body. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “one individual part of your body perish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
237	5:30	wtyk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	καὶ εἰ ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ; συμφέρει γάρ σοι ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου, καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου εἰς Γέενναν ἀπέλθῃ	1	This verse has the same meaning as the previous verse. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the verses into one. Alternate translation: “If a part of your body causes you to sin against God, you should destroy it. For it is better that one part of your body be destroyed than for God to throw your entire body into Gehenna” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
238	5:30	zx8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰ ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε	1	Here, the hand stands for the actions of the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation “if you do something that causes you to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
239	5:30	qs74		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
240	5:30	pdkq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου	1	See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
241	5:31	dh23		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐρρέθη	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God also said” or “Moses also said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
242	5:32	j2aq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας, ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι	1	If it would appear in your language that Matthew was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “a man is only allow to divorce a woman if she has been unfaithful to him with another man. Otherwise, he will cause her to be adulterous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
243	5:32	zai7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπολελυμένην	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “her after her husband has divorced her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
244	5:33	fk86		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God said to those who lived long ago” or “Moses said to your ancestors long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
245	5:33	tk9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	What follows the word but here is in contrast to what came before it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
246	5:34	u7su		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μήτε ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, ὅτι θρόνος ἐστὶν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here, heaven is spoken of as the throne of God in a figurative way. Heaven is the place from which God rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “not by heaven, which is his throne” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
247	5:35	e7z8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ	1	Here, footstool is used to refer to the earth. If your readers would not know what a footstool is, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “it is something on which God can rest his feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
248	5:35	mvcd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅτι ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ	1	God does not need a footstool for his feet, for he does not have feet. This language is metaphorical, telling the reader that the earth belongs to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
249	5:36	l9c8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	μήτε ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου ὀμόσῃς, ὅτι οὐ δύνασαι μίαν τρίχα λευκὴν ποιῆσαι ἢ μέλαιναν	1	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of the words you and your are singular, but you may have to translate them as plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
250	5:36	z5vu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μήτε ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου ὀμόσῃς	1	To swear by your head means to swear by your own authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “Neither should you swear by your own authority” or “Neither should you swear by your own knowledge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
251	5:38	zar1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅτι ἐρρέθη	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
252	5:38	w53l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος	1	This passage is speaking of the punishment for injuring someone’s eye or tooth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as modelled in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
253	5:39	qrx1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῷ πονηρῷ	1	Jesus is using the adjective evil as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “someone who is evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
254	5:40	gr2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σοι & σου & τὸ ἱμάτιον	1	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of you and your are singular. In some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
255	5:40	t9f4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸν χιτῶνά & ἱμάτιον	1	The coat was worn close to the body, like a heavy shirt or a sweater. The cloak, the more valuable of the two, was worn over the coat for warmth and also used as a blanket for warmth at night. If your readers would not be familiar with these, you can explicitly state what these things are. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
256	5:41	i867		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅστις	1	The context implies that he is speaking about a Roman soldier. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if a soldier of the Roman army” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
257	5:41	i86s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μίλιον ἕν	1	Here, one mile refers to the Roman mile, which was 1,000 paces. This was the distance a Roman soldier could legally force someone to carry something for him. If mile is confusing, it can be translated literally. Alternate translation: “1000 paces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
258	5:41	zv6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὕπαγε μετ’ αὐτοῦ δύο	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “go with him two miles” or “go with him 2000 paces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
259	5:43	cyz3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἠκούσατε & σου & σου	1	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The You is plural in You have heard. The verb Love and both instances of your are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
260	5:43	fp6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅτι ἐρρέθη	1	See how you translated this in 5:27. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
261	5:43	tqj3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τὸν πλησίον σου	1	Here the word neighbor does not refer to a specific neighbor, but to any members of one’s community or people group. These are people whom one usually desires to treat kindly or at least believes he ought to treat kindly. Alternate translation: “your countrymen” or “those who belong to your people group” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
262	5:45	my3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	We are not God’s physical children but his spiritual children. It is best to translate sons with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to human sons or children. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
263	5:45	jzu9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
264	5:45	syjz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	See how you translated in the heavens in 5:12(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
265	5:45	qj7n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν ἥλιον αὐτοῦ ἀνατέλλει ἐπὶ πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς, καὶ βρέχει ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους	1	Here, he makes his sun to rise and he sends rain on are figurative for sending blessings, as sun and rain help crops to grow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God gives blessing to both those who are right with him and those who are not right with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
266	5:46	se4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίνα μισθὸν ἔχετε?	1	Jesus uses this question to teach the people that loving those who love them is not something special for which God will reward them. This is because it is easy to love those who love you back. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you will get no reward.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
267	5:46	cb77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ τελῶναι τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν?	1	Jesus asks this question to show that even people who are considered to be the most evil do this. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Even the tax collectors do the same thing.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
268	5:47	ba6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε? οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ ἐθνικοὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν	1	Jesus asks these questions to teach his followers that they are no better than the Gentiles if they do not welcome people who are not like them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you do not do anything better than those who do not know God. For the Gentiles do this very thing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
269	5:48	l6pa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
270	6:intro	jrj2				0	Matthew 6 General Notes Structure and Formatting Matthew 6 continues Jesus’ extended teaching known as “The Sermon on the Mount.” You may wish to set apart the prayer in 6:9-11 by placing it farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject. Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter You singular and you plural In this chapter, as in the last chapter, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural. In both instances he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
271	6:1	zvn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῶν & μὴ ποιεῖν & οὐκ ἔχετε & ὑμῶν	1	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of you and your are plural in this chapter unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
272	6:1	bgc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς	1	It is implied that those who see this person will honor him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in front of people to be seen by them so they will give you honor for what you have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
273	6:1	vvm4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in front of people just so that they can see you and honor you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
274	6:1	p335		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “before people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
275	6:1	juj5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρὶ	1	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
276	6:1	x9wq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	See how you translated this in 5:16 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
277	6:2	d8kw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	Here, do not sound a trumpet could mean (1) that they should not blow an actual trumpet when they go to give, or (2) do not sound your trumpet is figurative for bringing attention to yourself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain way. Alternate translation: “do not bring attention to yourself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
278	6:2	bc9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	οἱ ὑποκριταὶ	1	The word hypocrites is not referring to a specific person, but to people who put on a false appearance of righteousness. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “people who act in a hypocritical way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
279	6:2	dk6u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅπως δοξασθῶσιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order that people might honor them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
280	6:2	q6dq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν	1	Often times, to have a reward is a positive thing. Here, Jesus means it in a negative way, saying that their reward is not with God. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their reward is not with God in the heavens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
281	6:3	z4c1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σοῦ & σου & σου	1	All occurrences of you and your are singular in this verse. You might need to translate these as plural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
282	6:3	vca2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μὴ γνώτω ἡ ἀριστερά σου τί ποιεῖ ἡ δεξιά σου	1	This phrase is a metaphor for total secrecy. Just as hands usually work together and each can be said to know what the other is doing at all times, you should not let even those closest to you know when you are giving to the poor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
283	6:5	m54u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	προσεύχῃ & ὑμῖν	1	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The first occurrence of you is singular and second is plural. In some languages they both may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
284	6:5	d6t7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	οἱ ὑποκριταί	1	See the note in 5:2 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
285	6:5	rzpj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that people will see them and give them honor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
286	6:5	ub7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “by people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
287	6:6	dqv4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμεῖόν σου	1	The inner chamber was a small, private room where people stored belongings, as well as food for their animals. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state it plainly. Alternate translation: “go into your private storage room” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
288	6:6	kkn7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρί σου	1	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
289	6:7	z0v4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	οἱ ἐθνικοί	1	Jesus is speaking of Gentiles in general, and not to any specific gentiles. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Gentile people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
290	6:7	a8ai		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰσακουσθήσονται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “their false gods will hear them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
291	6:8	wdj6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ οὖν ὁμοιωθῆτε αὐτοῖς	1	When Jesus says to not be like them, he means in the way they pray. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Therefore, you should not pray like them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
292	6:8	nv9i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
293	6:9	mq4x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	Here, your name refers to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “make everyone honor you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
294	6:9	sxsy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὕτως οὖν προσεύχεσθε ὑμεῖς	1	Jesus was not saying that this was the only way to pray. He was giving an example of how one should pray. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Therefore, instead of babbling like the Gentiles, you should pray in a way similar to this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
295	6:9	sc3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	See how you translated who is in the heavens in 5:16 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
296	6:9	knx7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “make people glorify your name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
297	6:9	tqm4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	Here, your name refers to God himself. The name of something is very closely associated with the person or being to whom it belongs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “may people honor you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
298	6:10	n67c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου	1	See how your translated kingdom in 3:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
299	6:10	pdc5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου, ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May everything on earth happen in accordance with your will, just as everything in heaven does” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
300	6:11	dft8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον & τὸν ἐπιούσιον	1	Here, bread refers to food in general. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
301	6:12	yi9s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ ὀφειλήματα & τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν	1	A debt is what one person owes another person. A debtor is a person who owes a debt to another person. This is a metaphor for those who have sinned against another person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “sins … those who sin against us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
302	6:13	l8u6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you can express temptation as a verb. Alternate translation: “do not let anything tempt us” or “do not let anything cause us to desire to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
303	6:13	r6v6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	Here, evil one could also mean evil. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of evil, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “protect us from doing evil things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
304	6:13	zfsy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants		0	Most important manuscripts do not include “For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen.” See the discussion of textual issues in the chapter introduction to decide whether to include this sentence in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
305	6:14	xvfv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
306	6:14	z79a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν	1	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun trespasses, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “when they trespass against you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
307	6:14	v7ne		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
308	6:15	pi3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν	1	See how you translated trespasses in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
309	6:15	lk8a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “those people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
310	6:16	xv6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀφανίζουσιν & τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν	1	The hypocrites would not wash their faces. They did this purposely to draw attention to themselves so that people would see them and give them honor for fasting. If someone was fasting, it would be obvious from their appearance. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they make it obvious to others that they are fasting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
311	6:16	ix6h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν	1	See how you translated they have their reward in full in 6:2 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
312	6:17	c20j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σὺ & σου & σου	1	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of you and your are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
313	6:17	k283		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄλειψαί σου τὴν κεφαλὴν καὶ τὸ πρόσωπόν σου νίψαι	1	Here, to anoint the head and to wash the face is to take normal care of one’s self. Doing this gives the appearance that you are living life as normal. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “make yourself appear as though you were not fasting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
314	6:18	m56a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρί σου	1	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
315	6:18	tby8			ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ	1	See how you translated this in 6:6. Alternate translation: “who sees what you do in private”
316	6:19	tqc9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σὴς	1	A moth is a small, flying insect that destroys cloth by eating it. If it would not be known in your language, you can use a general term for moth. Alternate translation: “flying insects that eat your belongings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
317	6:19	z9wd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	βρῶσις	1	Here, rust could also be referring to a bug which eats away at things like food. It is not clear in the original language. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “bugs which eat away at food” or “things which eat away at your belongings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
318	6:19	enl6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	βρῶσις	1	Here, rust is a term referring to something that deteriorates metal. If this would not be known in your language, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something which destroys metal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
319	6:20	v5tn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θησαυρίζετε & ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ	1	This is a metaphor that means do good things on earth so God will reward you in heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation “do good things and obey God, so that he will reward you in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
320	6:21	y55l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅπου γάρ ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρός σου	1	Here, treasure is figurative for the things people value the most in life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “For with what you value most in life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
321	6:21	b74q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου	1	Here, heart means a person’s thoughts and interests. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “there your desires will also be” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
322	6:22	g215		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σου & σου	1	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. Both instances of your are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
323	6:22	sbl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός	1	The eye is a lamp in a figurative sense. The eye not a source of light, but a channel for light. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Your eye lets light into your body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
324	6:22	hvrq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ἐὰν οὖν ᾖ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ἁπλοῦς, ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου φωτεινὸν ἔσται	1	Jesus is drawing an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “When your eye is healthy, it lets light into your whole body. In the same way, if you are willing to obey God, you will understand and live by his message for every part of your life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
325	6:23	dl86		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ἐὰν δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρὸς ᾖ, ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου σκοτεινὸν ἔσται. εἰ οὖν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον	1	Jesus continues to draw an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “But when your eye is unhealthy, it does not let light into any of your body. In the same way, if you are not willing to obey God, you will not understand and live by his message for any part of your life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
326	6:24	z5ol		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	οὐδεὶς	1	Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “No person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
327	6:24	ijn3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει, ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει	1	Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that a person cannot love and be devoted both to God and money at the same time. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “for he will obey one of them and disobey the other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
328	6:24	zt2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	οὐ δύνασθε Θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ	1	Here, money is spoken of as though it were a person who someone could serve. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “You are not able to serve God and completely desire riches” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
329	6:25	s5uy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν & ὑμῶν & φάγητε & πίητε & ὑμῶν & ἐνδύσησθε	1	Here the instances of you and your are all plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
330	6:25	nt96		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστι τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος?	1	Jesus uses a question to teach the people about what is important in life. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Life is much more than just food, and the body is much more than just what you wear!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
331	6:26	a9w6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
332	6:26	nbm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχ ὑμεῖς μᾶλλον διαφέρετε αὐτῶν?	1	Jesus uses a question to teach the people about the value of human beings compared to animals. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are much more valuable than the birds of the sky!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
333	6:27	cm6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῶν	1	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. Here, youis plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
334	6:27	fr8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα?	1	Here to add one cubit to his lifespan is a metaphor for adding time to how long a person will live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Who among you is able to add to the length of his life by being anxious” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
335	6:27	ivmg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα?	1	Jesus uses this question to emphasize that they cannot lengthen their lives. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “None of you can, just by worrying, add years to your life.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
336	6:27	kub4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	πῆχυν ἕνα	1	A cubit is a measure of a little less than half a meter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
337	6:28	erj8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	περὶ ἐνδύματος τί μεριμνᾶτε?	1	Jesus uses a question to teach the people why they should not be anxious. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not be worried about what you will wear.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
338	6:28	him2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	οὐ κοπιῶσιν οὐδὲ νήθουσιν	1	Jesus speaks about the lilies as if they were people who were able to toil and spin cloth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “They do not work and spin cloth like people do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
339	6:28	t16l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κρίνα	1	A lily is a kind of wild flower. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
340	6:29	u7fd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων	1	The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “not even Solomon with all of his riches looked as majestic as a lily of the field” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
341	6:29	sqg8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “wore clothes that were as beautiful as these lilies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
342	6:30	xykl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ & οὕτως ἀμφιέννυσιν	1	The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
343	6:30	uf36			χόρτον	1	If your language has a word that includes grass and the word you used for “lilies” in the previous verse, you can use it here.
344	6:30	m23l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone throws it into a fire” or “someone burns it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
345	6:30	ym2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον	1	The verb “clothe” is implied from the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
346	6:30	cd8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι?	1	Jesus uses this question to teach the people that God will provide what they need. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “he will certainly clothe you even better, you of little faith.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
347	6:32	unz1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
348	6:33	ep2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ζητεῖτε & πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ	1	Here, kingdom refers to God’s rule as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Most importantly, be one of God’s people, and do what he desires of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
349	6:33	ak39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will provide all these things for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
350	6:34	xdg7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ & αὔριον μεριμνήσει ἑαυτῆς	1	Jesus speaks of tomorrow as if it were a person who could worry. Jesus means that a person will have enough to worry about when the next day comes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
351	7:intro	bz7e				0	Matthew 7 General Notes Structure and Formatting Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject. Special Concepts in this Chapter Matthew 5-7 Many people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section. “By their fruits you will know them” Fruit is a common image in the Scriptures. It is used to describe the results of either good or bad actions. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]]) Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter You singular and you plural In this chapter, as in the past two chapters, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural. In both instances he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
352	7:1	xk6w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ κρίνετε	1	It is implied here that the word judge has a strong negative meaning. Jesus is not saying that judgment is always bad, but that in this case it is negative. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not condemn people harshly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
353	7:1	bk8y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μὴ κριθῆτε	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will not condemn you harshly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
354	7:2	kj24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν ᾧ & κρίματι κρίνετε, κριθήσεσθε	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will judge you with the judgment with which you judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
355	7:2	ifm3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ᾧ γὰρ κρίματι	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of judgment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “In the manner that you judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
356	7:2	tbi8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κρίνετε & μετρεῖτε	1	Here, Jesus leaves out that you judge and you measure is being done to other people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by which you judge other people … by which you measure other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
357	7:2	wmxo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	To measure someone is to hold them up to a high standard. Here, Jesus is saying that they are holding others up by too high of a standard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “and with the standard of behavior that you expect of other people, God will expect of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
358	7:2	c006		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of measure, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “In the manner that you measure other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
359	7:2	wgh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will measure you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
360	7:3	em5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί δὲ βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς?	1	Jesus uses this question to rebuke the people for concerning themselves about other people’s sins and ignoring their own. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You look at the speck in your brother’s eye, but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
361	7:3	hzb4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	βλέπεις & σου & τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ & οὐ κατανοεῖς	1	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of you and your are all singular. See the note in the introduction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
362	7:3	ctb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου	1	A speck of wood is a tiny piece of wood that might get into someone’s eye. This is a metaphor that refers to the less offensive sins of a fellow believer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “the lesser sin that is in your fellow believer’s life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
363	7:3	d2qc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου	1	Here and in the next two verses, brother refers to other people who were also followers of Jesus. These people are not their biological siblings. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use plain language. Alternate translation: “your fellow follower of Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
364	7:3	q1z4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν & ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν	1	A log is a large piece of wood, usually the remnant of the trunk or branch of a tree. Here, log is a metaphor that refers to the most offensive sins of a fellow believer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “the most offensive sin that is in your own life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
365	7:3	xdcg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	τὴν & ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς	1	A log cannot fit into a person’s eye. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize that a person should pay attention to their own more offensive sins before he deals with another person’s less offensive sins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows this exaggeration. Alternate translation: “you do not see your own very offensive sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
366	7:4	k58h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου, καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἡ δοκὸς ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ?	1	Jesus asks this question to challenge the people to pay attention to their own sins before they pay attention to another person’s sins. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck from your eye,’ while there is log in your own eye.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
367	7:6	wohg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν, μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων	1	Here, to give the holy and to throw your pearls means to share about God with people. The message about God is seen as very valuable and holy. Also, dogs and pigs mean people who would reject this message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not share the holy message about God with people who would hurt you, nor should you try to share the valuable message about God with people who do not care to listen to it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
368	7:6	xy2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοὺς μαργαρίτας	1	Real pearls are beautiful and valuable mineral balls that people use as jewelry. They are formed inside the shell of a small shellfish that lives in the ocean. If your readers would not be familiar with pearls, you could express this idea in a more general way. Alternate translation: “decorations made from valuable materials” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
369	7:7	ut6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	αἰτεῖτε καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν; ζητεῖτε καὶ εὑρήσετε; κρούετε καὶ ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν	1	Here, Ask, Seek, and Knock all have a similar meaning: praying to God. If saying the same thing three times might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Pray to God for what you need, and he will provide it to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
370	7:7	tv49		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
371	7:7	rt8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κρούετε	1	To Knock on a door is a polite way to request that the person inside the house or room open the door. If knocking on a door is impolite or not done in your culture, use the word that describes how people politely ask people to let you into their house. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Knock on the door” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
372	7:9	mq14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ?	1	Jesus uses a question to teach the people how God gives gifts. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is not one person among you of whom his son will ask for bread, and he will give him a stone.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
373	7:9	n5s1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1	Here, bread refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “some food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
374	7:10	y9q5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ?	1	It is understood that Jesus is still referring to a man and his son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Or will a man’s son ask for a fish, and the man will give him a snake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
375	7:10	t19o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ?	1	Jesus asks another question to teach the people about how God gives gifts. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And there is not one person among you, if his son asks for a fish, will give him a snake.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
376	7:11	pk31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς δώσει ἀγαθὰ τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν?	1	Jesus uses a question to teach the people about how God gives gifts. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “then your Father in heaven will most certainly give good things to those who ask him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
377	7:11	z8zr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
378	7:11	t3p4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	See how you translated this in 5:16. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
379	7:12	b1x2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται	1	Here, the Law and the Prophets refer to what Moses and the prophets wrote. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for this is what Moses and the prophets wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
380	7:12	y4f6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται	1	Here, for this is the Law and the Prophets means that the Law and the Prophets teach this same message. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the Law and Prophets teach this message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
381	7:13	dgr2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης; ὅτι πλατεῖα ἡ πύλη καὶ εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν, καὶ πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι’ αὐτῆς	1	In this verse, road is figurative for the span of a person’s life. The word gate is figurative for the time when a person dies and enters into eternity. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation, as in the in UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
382	7:13	zv24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of destruction, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to God’s judgement” or “to God destroying you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
383	7:14	wlr9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν ζωήν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of life, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to the place where people live forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
384	7:14	gdji		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὀλίγοι εἰσὶν οἱ εὑρίσκοντες αὐτήν	1	Here, to find it means to enter into eternal life with God and not be destroyed by him. In the same way that you might find a hidden path, so Jesus is saying that eternal life can be found. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “there are few whom God brings into eternal life with himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
385	7:15	lj5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἵτινες ἔρχονται πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων, ἔσωθεν δέ εἰσιν λύκοι ἅρπαγες	1	Here, a sheep means someone who is a part of the people of God. Just as in real life, predators try to attack sheep, so people who try to hurt God’s people are called wolves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “who come to God’s people to harm them, as a wolf comes to harm sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
386	7:16	pul5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς	1	Here, their fruits is referring to a person’s actions before God. Just as a good tree produces good fruit and a bad tree produces bad fruit, so a person who loves God will obey him and a person who does not love God will not obey him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Just as you know a tree by the fruit that grows on it, you will know false prophets by the fact that they do not speak the words of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
387	7:16	nve4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μήτι συλλέγουσιν ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν σταφυλὰς, ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα?	1	Jesus uses a question to teach the people about false prophets. The people would have known that the answer is no. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “People do not gather grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
388	7:17	f5l3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὕτως πᾶν δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖ; τὸ δὲ σαπρὸν δένδρον καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖ	1	Jesus continues to use the metaphor of fruit to refer to false prophets who produce evil works. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation “Just as when a good tree bears good fruit and a bad tree bears bad fruit, so those who preach God’s words do good and speak falsely about God’s words do evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
389	7:19	xwrm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	Here, Jesus continues talking about trees. He is saying that those who do not preach God’s words will be judged by him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation “And just as every bad tree which does not bear good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire, so everyone who disobeys God will be judged by him forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
390	7:19	g7fs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people cut down and throw into a fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
391	7:20	x87m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς	1	See how you translated this in 7:16 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
392	7:21	dkh7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	Κύριε, Κύριε	1	Here, Lord, Lord is an exclamation that shows that these people claim that Jesus is their master. This is what a servant would say to their master. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “My Lord!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
393	7:21	c6yz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
394	7:21	l1te		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	See how you translated in the heavens in 5:16 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
395	7:22	mp6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Jesus said that day knowing his hearers would understand he was referring to the day of judgment. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when God will judge all people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
396	7:22	m9py		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι ἐπροφητεύσαμεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δυνάμεις πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν?	1	The people use a question to emphasize that they did many good things for Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “we prophesied in your name, and in your name cast out demons, and in your name did many mighty deeds.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
397	7:22	hg17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι & τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι & τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι	1	Here, to do something in your name means to do it by his power and authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by your authority … in your authority … in your authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
398	7:23	d4y5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς	1	I never knew you means that the person was never one of God’s people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “You have never been my follower” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
399	7:24	qjh9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν	1	Jesus compares those who obey what he says to a person who builds his house on a rock, where nothing can harm it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “will be like a wise man who built his house on a firm foundation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
400	7:24	qw6l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is like a wise man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
401	7:24	dy1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πέτραν	1	Here, rock means the bedrock below the topsoil and clay, not a large stone or boulder above the ground. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “solid ground” or “sturdy ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
402	7:25	bv81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τεθεμελίωτο	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man had built it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
403	7:26	nw97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον	1	Jesus uses a simile to compare those who do not obey his words with foolish house-builders who pick a bad place to build a house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “will be like a fool who built his house in a dangerous place where it could be knocked down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
404	7:26	o85y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will compare him to a foolish man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
405	7:27	k4hi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἦν ἡ πτῶσις αὐτῆς μεγάλη	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of destruction, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the waters and the wind destroyed it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
406	7:28	jrh7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory	General Information:	0	General Information: This verse describe how the people in the crowds reacted to Jesus’ teaching. This marks the end of the Sermon on the Mount. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
407	7:28	fo8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of teaching, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by the way that he taught them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
408	8:intro	f33a				0	Matthew 8 General Notes Figures of Speech Metonymy Metonymy is used often in this chapter to refer to people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Rhetorical Questions Jesus uses rhetorical questions in this chapter to ask his listeners questions that will make them think deeply about what he is saying. Often when rhetorical questions are used, Jesus is being emphatic. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) Idiom Idioms are often used in this chapter. These may not be understood by your audience, as they were sayings that only people in that culture would have understood. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
409	8:1	qb1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
410	8:2	vas8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἰδοὺ, λεπρὸς προσελθὼν	1	This introduces the leper as a new character in the story. A leper is a person with a serious, contagious skin disease. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a common way in your language for introducing a new person to a story. Alternate translation: “There was a man who was a leper. Approaching Jesus, he” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
411	8:2	yc3f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ἐὰν θέλῃς, δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι	1	The leper is using a hypothetical situation to show that he believes Jesus will heal him. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if you would desire to heal me, you are able to do it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
412	8:2	yjn2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι	1	Here, to be clean means to be healed from the skin disease, which did not allow them to be in the community with the rest of the people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are able to heal me and allow me to be a part of the community again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
413	8:3	lj1x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκαθαρίσθη αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus cleansed him of his leprosy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
414	8:4	zi3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σεαυτὸν, δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ	1	Jewish law required that the person show his healed skin to the priest, who would then allow him or her to return to the community, to be with other people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “show the priest that you are healed from the disease, so that you can rejoin your community” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
415	8:4	tq9l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσένεγκον τὸ δῶρον ὃ προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1	The law of Moses required that someone healed of leprosy give a thanksgiving offering to the priest. When the priest accepted the gift, people would know that the man had been healed. So that no one else would become infected, lepers were not allowed to come into contact with healthy people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “offer the gift that Moses commanded in the Law, for a testimony to the priest that you are healed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
416	8:4	rj8u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	Here, to them either refers to (1) the priests, or (2) the community in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the priests” or “to the community” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
417	8:6	cr8h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	παραλυτικός	1	Someone who is paralyzed is someone who is not able to completely use their body. Sometimes they just can’t use their legs, but sometimes they can’t use anything. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state this explicitly. “not able to use his arms and legs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
418	8:8	p7p4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μου ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην	1	Here, under my roof is figurative for being in a person’s house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “in my house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
419	8:8	hig7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	εἰπὲ λόγῳ	1	Here, speak is a polite way of saying that all Jesus has to do is speak a word, and he will heal the servant. Use a form in your language that communicates this. Alternate translation: “say a word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
420	8:8	rk1z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἰαθήσεται ὁ παῖς μου	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will make my servant well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
421	8:9	ds2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν, τασσόμενος ἔχων ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I am a man who is under the authority of someone else, and I myself authority over a group of soldiers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
422	8:9	da25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν & ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν	1	To be under someone means to be less important and to obey the commands of someone of a higher status. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who obeys other people’s commands … who obey me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
423	8:9	qz61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἄλλῳ & καὶ τῷ δούλῳ μου	1	The centurion is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and to another I say … and to my servant, I say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
424	8:10	c7y6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παρ’ οὐδενὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ εὗρον	1	Jesus’ hearers would have thought that the Jews in Israel, who claim to be children of God, would have greater faith than anyone. Jesus is saying that the centurion’s faith was greater. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have found such faith from no one in Israel, among people who should have more faith” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
425	8:10	fjgc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1	Here, the name Israel is not referring to the country, but to the people who live in Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
426	8:11	xee4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	Here, you is plural and refers to “those who were following him” in 8:10. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
427	8:11	mt2i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν	1	Using the opposites east and west is a way of saying “everywhere.” Alternate translation: “from many faraway places” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
428	8:11	u4sj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀνακλιθήσονται	1	Jesus speaks of the joy that people will share in God’s kingdom as if they were all enjoying a feast together. Use a term in your language that refers to a celebratory meal. Alternate translation: “will feast together in the kingdom of God” or “will rejoice together in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
429	8:11	qmc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	See how you translated kingdom of the heavens in 3:2 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
430	8:12	ks3b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ & υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐκβληθήσονται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God will throw out the sons of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
431	8:12	aug7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας	1	The phrase sons of is figurative, referring to the Jews of the kingdom of Judea. This is saying that they are of Jewish descent. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “But those who do not believe in me from the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
432	8:12	pf26		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐκβληθήσονται	1	In their culture, the sons of the kingdom would usually inherit the kingdom and not be thrown out. Jesus is speaking in this way to show how disobedient the Jewish people were being. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
433	8:12	liu4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον	1	Here, outer darkness is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place where God punishes people forever. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
434	8:12	gww4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	Here, grinding of the teeth is a symbolic act, representing extreme pain and suffering. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “weeping and extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
435	8:13	ki92		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω σοι	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so I will do it for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
436	8:13	sdn6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἰάθη ὁ παῖς	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
437	8:14	ynh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πυρέσσουσαν	1	A fever is a symptom of an illness in which the temperature of the body temporarily increases. This results in the need to lie down in bed and rest as Peter’s mother-in-law was doing. If your reader would not be familiar with this, you could use a general expression. Alternate Translation: “being feverish from illness” or “being ill with an elevated temperature” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
438	8:15	w7nh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός	1	The fever is spoken of as if it, like a person, left. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her of her fever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
439	8:16	pwr4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δαιμονιζομένους πολλούς	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “many of those who demons have possessed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
440	8:16	f1cv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ	1	Here, word means a command that Jesus gave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “he commanded the spirits to leave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
441	8:17	r3dc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus fulfilled the prophecy that the prophet Isaiah spoke” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
442	8:17	x9vs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντος	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and this is what he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
443	8:17	eyu9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	αὐτὸς τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἔλαβεν καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασεν	1	Matthew is quoting the prophet Isaiah. He himself took our weaknesses and bore {our} diseases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he healed all of our diseases. If it would be clearer for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “He took away our sicknesses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
444	8:18	a2pn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἐκέλευσεν ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὸ πέραν	1	Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Jesus told his disciples to sail to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
445	8:20	pqp6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις, ὁ δὲ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ	1	Jesus answers the scribe with this proverb. The proverb means even wild animals have somewhere to rest. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “Even animals have a place to sleep, but the Son of Man does not have a place to sleep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
446	8:20	ub5o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις	1	Jesus assumes that his hearers know what foxes are and what they use the holes for. Foxes are animals like wild dogs. They eat nesting birds and other small animals. If foxes are unknown in your area, use a general term for wild dog-like creatures that burrow in the ground. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Foxes have their holes in the ground to sleep in, and flying birds have their nests to sleep in” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
447	8:20	qqvq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “birds who fly in the sky have nests” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
448	8:20	qvm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ & Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	2	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
449	8:20	yl4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ	1	Here, lay his head refers to a place to sleep. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “has no place of his own to sleep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
450	8:22	h7fb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς	1	Jesus does not mean literally that dead people will bury other dead people. Here, the dead is referring to those who are spiritually dead, meaning they do not love God, and are not following Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation, as expressed in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
451	8:24	m6w8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὥστε τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the waves were filling the boat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
452	8:25	b2wh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	Κύριε, σῶσον, ἀπολλύμεθα!	1	Here, we is referring to both Jesus and the disciples. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
453	8:26	g8p7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί δειλοί ἐστε, ὀλιγόπιστοι	1	Jesus asks this question in order to teach the disciples why they should not be afraid. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is nothing for you to be afraid of, you who have little faith!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
454	8:26	r5ve			ὀλιγόπιστοι	1	Jesus addresses his disciples this way because their anxiety about the storm shows they have little faith in him to control it. See how you translated this in 6:30.
455	8:27	u2qh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος, ὅτι καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν?	1	This question shows that the disciples were surprised. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This man is unlike any man we have ever seen! Even the wind and the waves obey him!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
456	8:27	k5mk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν	1	Here, wind and waves are described as if they are able to obey Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “he even controls the wind and the waves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
457	8:28	yzi6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τὴν χώραν τῶν Γαδαρηνῶν	1	The Gadarenes were named after the town of Gadara. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
458	8:28	hz5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δύο δαιμονιζόμενοι	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “two men … whom demons were controlling” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
459	8:29	gr2p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ?	1	The unclean spirit asks this question out of fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Leave me alone, Jesus, Son of the Most High God! There is no reason for you to interfere with me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
460	8:29	jcq6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God is an important title for Jesus, which describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
461	8:29	u4jr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς	1	Again, the demons pose a question out of fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You have surely come here to punish us before the time when God will judge us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
462	8:29	uw6c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς	1	Here, the set time is referring to the time when God will judge all of the evil spirits and people. Matthew’s readers would have understood this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Have you come here early, before the time when God is planning to judge us?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
463	8:30	v91c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Now is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about a herd of pigs that had been there before Jesus arrived. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
464	8:31	tf32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰ ἐκβάλλεις ἡμᾶς	1	It is implied that the demons knew that Jesus was going to cast them out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because you are going to cast us out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
465	8:31	cgf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	Here, us is exclusive, referring only to the demons. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
466	8:33	ev2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὰ τῶν δαιμονιζομένων	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what Jesus did to help the men whom demons were controlling” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
467	8:34	j6sp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πᾶσα ἡ πόλις	1	The word city is a metonym for the people of the city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “all the people who lived in the city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
468	8:34	xb5x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πᾶσα ἡ πόλις	1	The word whole is an exaggeration to emphasize how very many people came out to see Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows this. Alternate translation: “many of the people in the city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
469	9:intro	tg41				0	Matthew 9 General Notes Structure Formatting Special Concepts in this Chapter Figures of Speech Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter
470	9:1	lje9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διεπέρασεν	1	Here, Matthew does not specify that Jesus crossed over the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he crossed over the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
471	9:2	szd4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	παραλυτικὸν	1	See how you translated paralytic in 4:24. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
472	9:2	iys2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
473	9:4	u643		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἰδὼν & τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν	1	This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “even though no one told Jesus, he knew” or “even though Jesus had not heard them, he was fully aware”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
474	9:4	n4yl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἵνα τί ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν?	1	Jesus used this question to rebuke the scribes. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be thinking this evil in your hearts!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
475	9:4	d499		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	Here, hearts refers to their minds or their thoughts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in your minds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
476	9:5	j716		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί γάρ ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει?	1	Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you think that it is certainly easier to say ‘your sins are forgiven’ than to say ‘get up and walk’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
477	9:5	mk14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	τί & ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει?	1	The quotes can be translated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “you think that it is easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven than to tell him to get up and walk” or (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
478	9:5	x05v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
479	9:6	n5sf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	εἰδῆτε & σου & σου	1	Here, the you is plural and is addressed to the scribes, but both instances of your are singular and addressed to the paralytic. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
480	9:6	td1z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus refers to himself as the Son of Man in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can make it first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
481	9:6	k6rw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐξουσίαν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
482	9:8	x71s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐξουσίαν	1	See how you translated this in 9:6 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
483	9:10	f9lh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἁμαρτωλοὶ	1	Here, sinners refers to people who did not obey the law of Moses but committed what others thought were very bad sins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people who committed many sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
484	9:11	z4h5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	διὰ τί μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν?	1	The Pharisees use this question to criticize what Jesus is doing. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Your teacher should not eat with tax collectors and sinners!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
485	9:12	m7fm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ δὲ ἀκούσας	1	Here, this refers to the question the Pharisees asked about Jesus eating with tax collectors and sinners. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Jesus heard the Pharisees ask this question” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
486	9:12	tl42		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1	Jesus begins his response by quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb draws a figurative comparison. Just as sick people need to see a doctor to be healed, so sinners need to see Jesus in order to be forgiven and restored. But since Jesus explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to explain it here. Rather, you can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “People who are well do not need to see a doctor, but people who are unwell do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
487	9:12	uhc5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	οἱ ἰσχύοντες	1	Those who have sickness are equated with those who are wanting to be saved by Jesus. The healthy are equated with those who do not think they need Jesus. Jesus does not actually think those who do not want him are spiritually sound, but rather, that they are needy. He says this because those people think they are healthy in their own eyes and do not need Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Those who suppose themselves to be healthy do not need a doctor. It is those who know that they are sick who need a doctor”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
488	9:12	n33c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1	The phrase “need a physician” is understood from the previous phrase. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “people who are sick need a physician” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
489	9:13	a886		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς	1	The words I did not come to call are understood from the phrase before this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I came to call sinners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
490	9:14	k8vc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	τότε	1	The word Then indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus said this,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
491	9:14	vhnd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου	1	Here, John is referring to John the Baptizer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that this is referring to John the Baptizer. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John the Baptizer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
492	9:15	r8if		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος?	1	Jesus uses a question to answer John’s disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “The sons of the bridal chamber are certainly not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
493	9:15	xnp8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος?	1	Jesus uses this proverb to show that his disciples do not mourn because he is still there with them. In this proverb, Jesus is the bridegroom, and his disciples are the sons of the bridal chamber. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that it will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “Just as the sons of the bridal chamber are not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them, so my disciples are not able to fast while I am still with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
494	9:15	iz9s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι ὅταν	1	Here, the day is said to be coming like a person might come. This is figurative, meaning that the event will happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “But it will happen that when” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
495	9:15	p6hz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will leave them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
496	9:16	j9fx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	οὐδεὶς δὲ ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ; αἴρει γὰρ τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου, καὶ χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται	1	This verse is a proverb which has a similar meaning to the previous verse. Jesus is talking about how the disciples should not use old ways of worship when he is present with them. Translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “Just as you shouldn’t use a new patch on an old piece of cloth, so you should not use old methods of worship like fasting when I am present” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
497	9:16	yf98		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς δὲ ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ	1	When a piece of clothing gets a hole in it, another piece of cloth, a patch, is sewn onto the clothing to cover the hole. If this patch has not yet been washed, it will shrink and tear the piece of clothing, making the hole worse than it was to begin with. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now, no one sews a new patch of cloth, one that has not yet shrunken from being washed, on an old garment that has shrunk already” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
498	9:17	s13y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς; εἰ δὲ μή γε, ῥήγνυνται οἱ ἀσκοί, καὶ ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπόλλυνται. ἀλλὰ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς, καὶ ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται	1	This verse is a proverb with a message similar to that of the previous verse. Jesus is saying that just as someone would not put new wine, which will expand, in an old wine skin, which cannot expand, so the disciples should not fast while Jesus is with them. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
499	9:17	plli		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὐδὲ	1	Here, Neither is a word which shows that the meaning of this verse is similar to the meaning of the previous verse. Use an word in your language that expresses this. Alternate translation: “Similarly, nor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
500	9:17	pyk4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν & βάλλουσιν	1	Jesus is speaking of people in general and not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “People do not pour … people pour” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
501	9:17	hv8f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπόλλυνται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which will spill out all the wine, and the wineskins are ruined” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
502	9:17	l68m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	What follows the word Instead here is in contrast to what comes before it, showing what people do and do not do with wine and wineskins. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather than doing this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
503	9:17	i8v4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this will keep safe both the wineskins and the wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
504	9:18	a7ax		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος αὐτοῖς	1	Connecting Statement: Here, While he is saying these things to them marks the introduction of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “It happened that as Jesus was speaking with the scribes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
505	9:18	a4s2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἄρχων εἷς	1	This introduces the official as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man who was a ruler in a nearby town” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
506	9:18	n1i6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	προσεκύνει αὐτῷ	1	This is a way someone would show respect to someone in higher authority. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
507	9:20	gv15		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	αἱμορροοῦσα	1	The woman did not have an open wound. Rather, her monthly flow of blood would not stop. Your language may have a polite way to refer to this condition. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
508	9:20	m9zq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ἥψατο τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ	1	Matthew does not explain why she touched the edge of his garment. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
509	9:21	eb6t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἔλεγεν γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῇ, ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι.	1	This verse tells us why she touched Jesus’ garment. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “She did this because she was thinking to herself, ‘If I just touch his garments, then he will heal me’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
510	9:21	ukb8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σωθήσομαι	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will make me well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
511	9:22	x398		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	θύγατερ	1	Jesus was using this term to refer to the woman as a believer. She was not actually his daughter. Make sure this is understood by your readers. Alternate translation: “Beloved woman” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
512	9:22	q6ca		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Here, faith is spoken of as having healed a person. This is figurative, meaning that because she believed that Jesus was able to heal her, he did heal her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “because you believed I have healed you, I have healed you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
513	9:22	zv2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐσώθη ἡ γυνὴ ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the woman at that moment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
514	9:23	jae1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἰδὼν τοὺς αὐλητὰς καὶ τὸν ὄχλον θορυβούμενον	1	There were flute players at the house because it was customary in that culture to play the flute in a time of mourning. If you think your readers might not understand the significance of these actions, you could explain generally what the people were doing. Or you could describe the actions and say why the people were doing them. Alternate translation: “having seen the flute players and the upset crowd performing their mourning rituals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
515	9:24	pc1m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	οὐ & ἀπέθανεν τὸ κοράσιον, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει	1	Jesus is using a play on words. It was common in Jesus’ day to refer to a dead person as one who sleeps. But here the girl who died will get up, as though she had only been sleeping. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to death or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “the girl is only temporarily dead, as if she were sleeping” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
516	9:25	nqs6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅτε δὲ ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But after Jesus had sent the crowd outside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
517	9:25	r7zs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	ὅτε δὲ ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος	1	Here, when is showing that Jesus did not enter the house until after he made the family leave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus made the family go out of the house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
518	9:25	mm3q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη τὸ κοράσιον	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus raised the girl from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
519	9:26	rxs4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ φήμη αὕτη εἰς ὅλην τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην	1	It is said that this report went out as a person might go out from a place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “People reported to the whole region what Jesus had done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
520	9:26	pfq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	εἰς ὅλην τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην	1	Jesus refers to the region to mean the people who live in that region. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “to many of the people in that region” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
521	9:27	d8bu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς	1	Here, Have mercy means that they want Jesus to heal them from their blindness. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Heal us from our blindness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
522	9:27	dh5d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	Υἱὲ Δαυείδ	1	Jesus was not David’s literal Son, but his descendant. The title Son of David is also an important messianic title. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “Descendant of King David, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
523	9:28	e81f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ναί, Κύριε	1	The two blind men are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Yes, Lord, we believe you can heal us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
524	9:29	w92e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν γενηθήτω ὑμῖν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will heal you, since you have believed in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
525	9:30	uk2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί	1	Here, their eyes were opened is an idiom that means they were able to see. Their eyes were already physically open. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “their sight was restored” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
526	9:30	qa39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus restored their sight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
527	9:30	t6p8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὁρᾶτε μηδεὶς γινωσκέτω	1	Here, See is figurative, meaning to be sure to do something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Be sure no one finds out about this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
528	9:32	sh32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν	1	A person who is mute is someone who is not able to speak. Use an expression from your language that describes someone who is unable to talk. Alternate translation: “a person who was unable to say anything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
529	9:32	n6fs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν δαιμονιζόμενον	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a man who had a demon that controlled him and made him mute” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
530	9:33	y4l5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη οὕτως	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one has ever seen anything such as this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
531	9:34	z2r7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων	1	Here, the ruler of the demons would have been understood by Jesus’ audience as being Satan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “By Satan, who rules the demons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
532	9:35	x9ck		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	τὰς πόλεις πάσας	1	The word all is an exaggeration to emphasize how many cities Jesus went to. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “many of the cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
533	9:35	uz5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας	1	Here the abstract noun kingdom refers to God’s rule as king. See how you translated this in 4:23. Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will make them one of his people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
534	9:35	e7at		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν	1	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “many different kinds of illnesses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
535	9:36	t47i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡσεὶ πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα	1	Jesus compares the people to sheep who do not have a shepherd to lead them and take care of them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “acting as though they did not have someone to lead them and take care of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
536	9:37	al89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])”
537	9:37	mur4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι	1	Jesus uses a proverb to respond to what he is seeing. Jesus means there are a lot of people who are ready to believe God but only a few people to teach them God’s truth. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture.(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
538	9:37	kxap		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐργάται	1	Here, laborers is a word that refers to people who work in a field to bring in the crop. Use a term in your language for this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
539	9:38	vz8y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	δεήθητε & τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ	1	Here, of means that the harvest belongs to the Lord, and that he has control over it. If this is not clear in your language, you could state this in a clearer way. Alternate translation: “beg the Lord, who is in charge of the harvest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
540	9:38	s7ir			ἐργάτας	1	See how you translated laborers in the previous verse.
541	10:intro	m5iu				0	Matthew 10 General Notes Special Concepts in this Chapter The sending of the 12 disciples Many verses in this chapter describe how Jesus sent the 12 disciples out. He sent them to tell his message about the kingdom of heaven. They were to tell his message only in Israel and not to share it with the Gentiles. Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter The 12 disciples The following are the lists of the 12 disciples: In Matthew: Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot. In Mark: Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot. In Luke: Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot. Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James. “The kingdom of heaven has come near” No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
542	10:1	nhp2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ	1	Connecting Statement: This verse begins the account of Jesus sending his disciples out to share his message with the people in the surrounding towns. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
543	10:1	x1er		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “he authorized them to have power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
544	10:2	t59v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Now is used to add needed background information about the 12 apostles. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
545	10:2	sc7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	πρῶτος	1	Here, first means first in order, not in rank. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a way in your language for marking the first thing in a list. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
546	10:4	n4st		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	Σίμων ὁ Καναναῖος	1	The word Zealot refers to members of a group of people who were desiring to see the Jewish people freed from the rule of the Roman Empire. This likely means that Simon was a part of this group. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Simon, who was a part of the group called the Zealots” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
547	10:4	kmp2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	ὁ καὶ παραδοὺς αὐτόν	1	Matthew writes having even betrayed him to give some extra information to the readers about what Judas did to Jesus later. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “the one who led the people to Jesus to arrest and kill him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
548	10:5	sn9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events	τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς παραγγείλας αὐτοῖς λέγων	1	Although this verse begins by saying that Jesus sent out the Twelve, he gives these instructions before sending them out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the order of events clear. Alternate translation: “Before Jesus sent the Twelve out, he instructed them, saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
549	10:5	c46d			τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	See how you translated this in 10:2
550	10:5	yix4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπέστειλεν	1	Jesus sent them out to teach people his message. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “sent out to teach people his message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
551	10:6	oxi3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	What follows the word But here is in contrast to what came before it. Jesus prefers the disciples to go to the people of Israel instead of to the non-Jewish people. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
552	10:6	q1pb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1	This is a metaphor comparing the people of the nation of Israel who are not obeying God to lost sheep who have strayed from their shepherd. If your readers would not understand what sheep means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “those of the people of Israel who have strayed from God like lost sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
553	10:6	b6i2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1	The house of Israel refers to the people who came from the family line of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel” or “of the descendants of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
554	10:7	w59i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	See how you translated this in 3:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
555	10:8	bb4d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε	1	Here, raise the dead is an idiom meaning to bring people who are dead back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “cause the dead to live again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
556	10:8	ilj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε	1	Jesus did not state what the disciples had received or were to give. Some languages may require this information in the sentence. This is referring to the abilities which Jesus gave to the disciples in 4:2. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have given these abilities to you without cost, so you should use them to help others without cost” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
557	10:9	b4m7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μὴ κτήσησθε χρυσὸν, μηδὲ ἄργυρον, μηδὲ χαλκὸν εἰς τὰς ζώνας ὑμῶν	1	Their belts were a long strip of cloth or leather worn around the waist. They were often wide enough that they could be folded and used to carry money. If your readers would not use a belt for this purpose, you can express this with the word for whatever you use to carry money. Alternate translation: “Do not carry money with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
558	10:9	a4xx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	χρυσὸν, μηδὲ ἄργυρον, μηδὲ χαλκὸν	1	gold, silver and copper are metals out of which coins were made. This list is a metonym for money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “valuable metals” or “money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
559	10:10	kia9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πήραν	1	A bag is a flexible container in which a person can carry their belongings. If your language does not have a word for this, you can use something in your culture that you put things in to carry them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
560	10:10	i2ex		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	δύο χιτῶνας	1	Use the plural of the word you used for tunic in 5:40. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
561	10:10	m97h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ἄξιος γὰρ ὁ ἐργάτης τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ	1	The proverb for the laborer {is} worthy of his food is giving the reason why Jesus’ disciples should not bring anything with them. Jesus is saying that God will provide each disciple, the laborer, with what he needs. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that it will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “for God will provide the laborer with what he needs to live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
562	10:11	a41d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κἀκεῖ μείνατε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε	1	In this sentence, there means the worthy person’s house. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and stay at that person’s house until you leave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
563	10:12	n6cm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰσερχόμενοι δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν	1	The word it refers to the house. Here, house represents the people who live in the house. So Matthew is saying to greet the people in the house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “As you enter the house, greet the people who live in it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
564	10:13	kc9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μὲν ᾖ ἡ οἰκία ἀξία & μὴ ᾖ ἀξία	1	Here, the house represents those who live in the house. A worthy person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples into their house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the people who live in that house receive you well … the people who live in that house do not receive you well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
565	10:14	wpjk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐκτινάξατε τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν	1	The phrase shake off the dust from your feet was an expression of strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a town to remain on them. If there is a similar expression or gesture in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
566	10:15	sg3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων	1	Here, the land of Sodom and Gomorrah refers to the people who lived in Sodom and Gomorrah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for the people who lived in the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
567	10:15	p8t4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων	1	Jesus would have expected his hearers to know that Sodom and Gomorrah were cities filled with many wicked people and that God would judge these people harshly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as modelled in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
568	10:15	zmm2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ	1	Here, that city is referring to the city which does not accept Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the city that does not receive you and listen to your words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
569	10:16	b262		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς πρόβατα ἐν μέσῳ λύκων	1	Sheep are defenseless animals that wolves often attack. Jesus is stating that people who are as dangerous as wolves may harm the disciples, who are defenseless like sheep. Jesus is not using the same sheep metaphor as he used in 10:6. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “as defenseless as sheep among people who are like dangerous wolves” or “to dangerous places where people might attack you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
570	10:16	s21a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	γίνεσθε & φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις καὶ ἀκέραιοι ὡς αἱ περιστεραί	1	Jesus is telling the disciples they must be cautious like serpents and harmless like doves around the dangerous the people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “act with wisdom and caution as well as with innocence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
571	10:17	fct4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	συνέδρια	1	The councils were groups of leaders who helped solve issues among people in their community. They acted like a court. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you could use a term in your language for something like this, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “members of their community who are in authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
572	10:18	pe3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ & ἀχθήσεσθε	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “the men” mentioned in the previous verse did it. Alternate translation: “the men will even bring you” or “people will even bring you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
573	10:18	p74k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ ἐπὶ ἡγεμόνας δὲ καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the first phrase. Alternate translation: “because you are my disciples, they will bring you before rulers and kings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
574	10:19	e5t6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ὅταν δὲ παραδῶσιν ὑμᾶς	1	The pronoun they refers to the same people as in 10:17. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “But when people take you to the councils” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
575	10:19	ien3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	πῶς ἢ τί λαλήσητε	1	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with or. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use or. Alternate translation: “what you might say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
576	10:19	l7rb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται γὰρ ὑμῖν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ τί λαλήσητε	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God will give to you what you should say in that hour” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
577	10:19	gosj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	δοθήσεται & ὑμῖν	1	Here, will be given to you is figurative for God telling the disciples what to say in this situation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “God will tell you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
578	10:19	cm7h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	Here, in that hour means “at that time”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “when you need it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
579	10:20	vjlm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	What follows the word but here is in contrast to what was before it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
580	10:20	v9tm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	Here, the Spirit of your Father is referring to the Holy Spirit and not a spirit of an earthly father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit, who is of your Heavenly Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
581	10:20	k3xr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
582	10:20	zxd8			ἐν ὑμῖν	1	Alternate translation: “through you”
583	10:21	lh6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	παραδώσει & ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “aman will have his brother killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
584	10:21	p8w9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	πατὴρ τέκνον	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “a father will have his child killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
585	10:21	j5jl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα	1	Here, to rise up against is an idiom meaning to rebel against an authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “children will rebel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
586	10:22	sp6p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “many people will hate you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
587	10:22	c7jk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πάντων	1	Here, everyone is figurative for many people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
588	10:22	n3xn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	Here, name refers to Jesus himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “because of me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
589	10:22	k5w9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὁ & ὑπομείνας	1	Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “if a person remains” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
590	10:22	qn7j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὗτος σωθήσεται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
591	10:23	m42z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ	1	Here, this does not refer to a specific city, but cities in general. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “in a city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
592	10:23	jjd4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	φεύγετε εἰς τὴν ἑτέραν	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “flee to the next city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
593	10:23	dk4u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἔλθῃ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here, Jesus is referring to himself when he says Son of Man. If it would be helpful in your language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
594	10:23	tm8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Son of Man is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
595	10:24	p8mr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον, οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is using a proverb to teach his disciples a general truth. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should not expect people to treat them any better than the people treat Jesus, who is more important than they are. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture.(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
596	10:24	syb2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “nor is a slave above his master” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
597	10:25	e6z3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὁ δοῦλος ὡς ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “it is enough for a slave to be like his master” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
598	10:25	pu5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰ τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐπεκάλεσαν	1	Jesus refers to himself as the master of the house. This is figurative, meaning that he is the most important person among the group of himself and disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “If they call me, who is like the master of the house, Beelzebul” or “If they call me, who is more important, Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
599	10:25	y5md		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate	Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	The name Beelzebul could be translated: (1) as “Beelzebul” or (2) with its original, intended meaning of “Satan”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
600	10:25	r5ll		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the members of his household is referring to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “Jesus’ disciples, who are like the members of his house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
601	10:26	x4o8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	οὐδὲν & ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	Here, there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed means the same thing as hidden, that will not be made known. If it would be helpful in your language, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “there is nothing hidden that will not be revealed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
602	10:26	cnzb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	οὐδὲν γάρ ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	Here, Jesus uses a proverb to teach his disciples. Jesus is explaining that all of the evil, which people have done in secret, God will reveal when he judges people. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
603	10:26	xqs4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐδὲν & ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται	1	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything which is hidden will be revealed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
604	10:26	j86e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐδὲν & ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will reveal everything that is concealed and will make known to other people everything which is hidden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
605	10:27	fa1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί; καὶ ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε, κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων	1	Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should tell everyone what he tells the disciples in private. Alternate translation: “Tell everyone in public what I tell you privately” or “What I tell you privately, tell everyone in public” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
606	10:27	kw75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί	1	Here, darkness is a metonym for “private,” and daylight is a metonym for “public.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “What I tell you privately, say in public” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
607	10:27	fc49		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε	1	Here, what you hear in {your} ear is a way of referring to whispering. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “what I whisper to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
608	10:27	v1b7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων	1	Here, housetops refers to any high place where all people can hear a person speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “speak loudly in a public place where many people can hear you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
609	10:28	pk7k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	2	Matthew contrasts fear of people with with fear of God by using the phrase But instead. People are only able to kill our physical bodies, but God is ** the one being able** to destroy both our physical bodies and our spiritual souls. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
610	10:28	w5rq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Γεέννῃ	1	Jesus uses the name of Gehenna, where refuse was thrown and fires burned continually, to mean hell. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “Hell” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
611	10:28	x3y1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Γεέννῃ	1	Gehenna is the name for a place, the Valley of Hinnom, just outside of Jerusalem. This was a place where people were constantly burning trash. Jesus draws the imagery of hell from this place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
612	10:29	tm3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται? καὶ ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	Jesus uses this proverb to express that even though sparrows are worth very little money, God still watches over them because he created them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
613	10:29	glbl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται?	1	Jesus uses this question to teach his disciples about how much God cares about them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Sparrows have so little value that you can buy two of them for only one small coin.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
614	10:29	q22l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	στρουθία	1	These sparrows are very small, seed-eating birds. Alternate translation: “small birds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
615	10:29	i399		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀσσαρίου	1	An assarion refers to a copper coin worth about one-sixteenth of a day’s wage for a laborer. You may translate this as the least valuable coin available in your country. Alternate translation: “very little money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
616	10:29	zayd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do people not sell two sparrows for an assarion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
617	10:29	wxt4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “your Father knows when even one sparrow falls to the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
618	10:29	id3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν	1	Here, will fall to the ground is a polite way of referring to the sparrow dying. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
619	10:29	us0e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	When Jesus says apart from your Father, he means apart from the will of your Father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “apart from the will of your Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
620	10:29	fe8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
621	10:30	cih3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑμῶν & καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς πᾶσαι ἠριθμημέναι εἰσίν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God even knows how many hairs are on your head” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
622	10:32	n1nb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
623	10:32	lo11		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
624	10:32	b8cl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	See how you translated in the heavens in 5:16. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
625	10:33	d15s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	See how you translated before men in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
626	10:33	p2wm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
627	10:34	l5ad		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν	1	Here, upon the earth refers to the people who live on the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to the people of the earth” or “among people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
628	10:34	uaap		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ μάχαιραν	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I have come to bring a sword” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
629	10:34	jq6d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μάχαιραν	1	Here the use of the word sword means division and fighting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “division among people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
630	10:35	xx5m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ θυγατέρα κατὰ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς, καὶ νύμφην κατὰ τῆς πενθερᾶς αὐτῆς	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and to set a daughter against her mother, and to set a daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
631	10:37	fb3p			οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος & οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος	1	See how you translated worthy in 10:10.
632	10:38	ye95		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐ λαμβάνει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ ὀπίσω μου	1	Here, take up his cross means to be willing to face persecution because you serve Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “does not suffer because they belong to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
633	10:38	ai2r			οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος	1	See how you translated worthy in the previous verse.
634	10:39	u4jh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ὁ εὑρὼν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει αὐτήν; καὶ ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ εὑρήσει αὐτήν	1	Jesus uses a proverb to teach his disciples about following him. Since Jesus does not explain its meaning, you can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “The one who clings to what an earthly life has to offer will lose it, and whoever is willing to give up everything for me will gain eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
635	10:39	jwf2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ εὑρὼν & εὑρήσει	1	Here, found and find are figurative for obtaining something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “The one who retains … will gain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
636	10:39	pbf3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπολέσει αὐτήν	1	Here, Jesus is saying that a person who tries to protect his physical life from people who would punish him for belonging to Jesus will not have eternal life with God. And a person who accepts suffering here on earth because he belongs to Jesus will receive God’s reward of eternal life. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
637	10:40	c77e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ δέχεται	1	Jesus says that people receive me when they receive the disciples because Jesus is always with his disciples, and so it is like they receive him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “The one who receives you, my disciples, it will be like he also receives me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
638	10:40	y9ck		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ ἐμὲ δεχόμενος δέχεται τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1	Here, the one receiving me receives the one who sent me means that for the one who receives Jesus, it is the same as receiving God the Father, who sent Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “the one who receives me, he also receives my Father who sent me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
639	10:41	f9pv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου, μισθὸν προφήτου λήμψεται; καὶ ὁ δεχόμενος δίκαιον εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου, μισθὸν δικαίου λήμψεται	1	Jesus tells this proverb to show how important it is for people to receive his disciples. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “A person who welcome one of God’s prophets, God will reward him in the same way that he rewards the prophets. And a person who welcome someone who obeys God, God will reward him like that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
640	10:41	yj1q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου, μισθὸν προφήτου λήμψεται; καὶ ὁ δεχόμενος δίκαιον εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου, μισθὸν δικαίου λήμψεται	1	This reward being referred to is to live with God forever. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “To the one who receives the prophet, God will give him the reward of living with him forever, as he gives to the prophets. And to the one who receives the person who obeys God, God will give to him the reward of living with him forever, which he gives to those who obey him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
641	10:42	v6jg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὃς ἐὰν ποτίσῃ	1	Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “if a person gives … to drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
642	10:42	z8tk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	The phrase these little ones refers to Jesus’ disciples. If your readers would not understand what little ones means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “one of my disciples, who are like my children,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
643	10:42	d61l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ	1	See the note on reward in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
644	11:intro	puf4				0	Matthew 11 General Notes Structure and Formatting Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 11:10. Some scholars believe that Matthew 11:20 begins a new stage in the ministry of Christ because of Israel’s rejection of him. Special Concepts in this Chapter Hidden revelation After Matthew 11:20, Jesus begins to reveal information about himself and about the plans of God the Father, while hiding this information from those who reject him (Matthew 11:25). Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter “The kingdom of heaven is near” No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use The phrase at hand, but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
645	11:1	z2y7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	General Information: And it happened is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of how Jesus responded to disciples of John the Baptist. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
646	11:1	dr3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	τοῦ διδάσκειν καὶ κηρύσσειν	1	Here, the phrases to teach and to preach mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus was teaching the people there. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “to proclaim many things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
647	11:2	f3j7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ὁ & Ἰωάννης, ἀκούσας ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ	1	Matthew had not yet told his audience why John was in prison. Since Matthew explains the story of how John was put in prison in 14:4-5, you do not need to explain to your reader here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
648	11:3	w2im		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἐρχόμενος	1	Here, the one coming is referring to the prophet whom God promised to send. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one whom God promised to send” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
649	11:3	q89t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἢ ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν	1	John’s disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “or should we expect someone else to come after you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
650	11:3	hrk5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν	1	Here, the word we is referring to either (1) John’s disciples or (2) the Jewish people in general. It is not including Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
651	11:5	dyxy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany	τυφλοὶ ἀναβλέπουσιν, καὶ χωλοὶ περιπατοῦσιν, λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται, καὶ κωφοὶ ἀκούουσιν, καὶ νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, καὶ πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται	1	Here, Jesus lists all of the things which he has done to the people during his ministry. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that they have done. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
652	11:5	tjuc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τυφλοὶ & χωλοὶ & λεπροὶ & κωφοὶ & νεκροὶ & πτωχοὶ	1	Jesus is using the adjectives blind, lame, lepers, deaf, dead, and poor as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
653	11:5	sd6c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I am making lepers clean” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
654	11:5	v274		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται	1	Here, the word raised is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am causing people to become alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
655	11:5	k796		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that he did it. Alternate translation: “I am raising dead people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
656	11:5	g3k4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that he did it. Alternate translation: “I am telling the poor good news” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
657	11:7	d4lo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τούτων δὲ πορευομένων	1	Here, the word these refers to John’s disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “As John’s disciples left” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
658	11:7	ysq6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον?	1	Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not go out to the wilderness to see a reed being shaken by the wind!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
659	11:7	ydn2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1	Here, the phrase reed being shaken by the wind is referring to a person who is easily affected by the people around them as a reed is affected by the wind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile, as in the UST. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “a man who is easily affected by other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
660	11:7	w269		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a reed shaking in the wind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
661	11:8	n5hx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον?	1	Jesus uses these questions to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Likewise, surely you did not go out to see a man clothed in expensive clothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
662	11:8	y24r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν	1	Here, Jesus leaves out the word “desert” from the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “But what did you go out to the desert to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
663	11:9	gm97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε? προφήτην ἰδεῖν	1	Jesus uses a question to make the people think about what kind of man John the Baptist is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “But surely you went out to the desert to see a prophet!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
664	11:9	fb75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	περισσότερον προφήτου	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you went out to see someone much more important than a prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
665	11:10	de17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is the one about whom the prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
666	11:10	fi5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πρὸ προσώπου σου	1	Here, the phrase before your face is an idiom which means that “the messenger” was sent first, and then the second person came after them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify. Alternate translation: “first” or “before you”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
667	11:10	kva7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	That the messenger will prepare your way represents preparing the people for the Lord’s arrival. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who will prepare the people for your arrival” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
668	11:11	z5yq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν	1	The phrase those born of women is an idiom that refers to all people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “of all the people who have ever lived,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
669	11:11	r9ws		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν	1	If you would like to retain the idiom but your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among those whom women have borne” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
670	11:11	c093		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	οὐκ ἐγήγερται ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν μείζων Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ	1	Jesus uses a negative figure of speech to express how great John the Baptist is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “among those who have been born to a mother, John the Baptist is the greatest that has arisen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
671	11:11	cag4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ & μικρότερος ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν	1	See how you translated kingdom of the heavens in 3:2 Alternate translation: “but those who are the least important among the people whom God rules over are greater than he” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
672	11:12	mb4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ	1	The word days is an idiom referring to a specific time period. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “from the time of John the Baptist’s preaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
673	11:12	inr2			ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν	1	This verse is difficult to understand, and many scholars disagree on its meaning. The different options are: (1) that it refers to people attacking God’s kingdom and the people who are his. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens is attacked violently, and many violent people try to conquer it” or (2) it may be understood instead as referring to God’s kingdom triumphing in the world. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens triumphs forcefully, and powerful men have control over it”.
674	11:13	g1i6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πάντες & οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ἕως Ἰωάννου ἐπροφήτευσαν	1	Here, the Prophets and the Law refer to the things that the prophets and Moses wrote in the Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “these are the things that the prophets and Moses have prophesied through the Scriptures until the time of John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
675	11:14	yg2f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	εἰ θέλετε	1	Here, you is plural and refers to the crowd. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
676	11:14	rdsw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ εἰ θέλετε δέξασθαι, αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλείας, ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words in order to make the meaning clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to receive it, then you would understand that he is Elijah, who is about to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
677	11:15	z97x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	The phrase having ears here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
678	11:15	w4cc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
679	11:16	mp8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίνι δὲ ὁμοιώσω τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην?	1	Jesus uses a question to introduce a comparison between the people to whom he was speaking and children who are in the marketplace. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But I will tell you what this generation is like.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
680	11:16	yat1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην	1	The phrase this generation is likely referring to: (1) the crowd around him. Alternate translation: “you in this crowd” (2) the religious leaders of Israel. Alternate translation: or “the rebellious group of religious leaders” (3) the group of Israelites in general who have rejected Jesus and John. Alternate translation: or “Israel” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
681	11:16	l7km		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ταῖς ἀγοραῖς	1	A marketplace is a large, open-air area where people buy and sell items such as food and clothing. Use a term in your language that expresses this meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
682	11:17	ai4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	λέγουσιν, ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε; ἐθρηνήσαμεν καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε	1	Jesus continues the parable from the previous verse, describing the people to whom he referred as “this generation.” They are like a group of children who will not listen to another group of children. The ones who played the flute and mourned are referring to Jesus and John the Baptist. The group who did not dance and did not mourn are Jesus' audience. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly, in a way that is meaningful in your language, or as demonstrated in the UST (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
683	11:17	d916		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν	1	We refers to the children sitting in the marketplace, and you is plural and refers to the other group of children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We children played a flute for all of you kids” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
684	11:17	t723		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐθρηνήσαμεν	1	The phrase We mourned has to do with the mourning ceremonies that the culture performed during that time. If a person died, relatives would hire a group of people to help them mourn. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
685	11:18	qe7y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων	1	This does not mean that John never ate food. It means he fasted often, and when he ate, he did not eat expensive food or drink. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting from food and wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
686	11:18	p4ql		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	λέγουσιν, δαιμόνιον ἔχει.	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “they say that he has a demon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
687	11:19	iwk8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἦλθεν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus uses the title Son of Man to refer to himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could change it to first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
688	11:19	dsak		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The phrase Son of Man is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
689	11:19	gs6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἦλθεν & ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων	1	The phrase The Son of Man came eating and drinking is comparing what Jesus did with what John the Baptist did. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But the Son of Man came eating and drinking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
690	11:19	x4ec		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν!	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “they say that he is a man who is a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
691	11:19	pv4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	φάγος & οἰνοπότης	1	The word glutton refers to a person who eats too much food. The word drunkard refers to a person who drinks too much wine and gets drunk as a result. Use words in your language that refer to these things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
692	11:19	vwk4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	The proverb, wisdom has been justified by her children, is figurative. Here, wisdom is referring to Jesus and John the Baptist teaching about God’s wisdom, which causes people to be saved. The word children is referring to those who are influenced by their ministry. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “But God’s wisdom is proven right by its work in the lives of the people to whom John and I minister” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
693	11:19	o3zh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God proves his wisdom by his children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
694	11:20	w4g8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις	1	Here, the cities refers to the people who live in the cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to reprimand the people of the cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
695	11:20	t51a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in which he did most of his miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
696	11:21	xxb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν!	1	Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about these two cities. Alternate translation: “It will not be good for the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
697	11:21	y2hr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	οὐαί σοι	-1
698	11:21	y9d3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Χοραζείν & Βηθσαϊδάν & Τύρῳ & Σιδῶνι	1	Here, the words Chorazin, Bethsaida, and Tyre and Sidon refer to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
699	11:21	lh46		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν	1	Jesus is using this hypothetical situation to rebuke the people in those cities. Alternate translation: “suppose the miracles had happened in Tyre and Sidon which happened in you. They would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
700	11:21	tm59		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Tyre and Sidon that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
701	11:21	k3in		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν	1	Here the you is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
702	11:22	mr18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι	1	See how you translated Tyre and Sidon in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
703	11:22	ibpo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἢ ὑμῖν	1	The reason why it will be more tolerable is because Chorazin and Bethsaida did see Jesus’ miracles, and they still did not repent. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “than for you, because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
704	11:23	vpz6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ; ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον	1	The pronoun you is singular and refers to Capernaum throughout this verse and the next. If it is more natural to refer to the people of the city, you could translate with a plural you. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
705	11:23	h8e4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ	1	Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Capernaum, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about Capernaum. Alternate translation: “Certainly Capernaum will not be lifted up to heaven, will it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
706	11:23	fj7d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Καφαρναούμ & ἐν Σοδόμοις	1	Here the words Capernaum and Sodom are referring to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people of Capernaum … among the people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
707	11:23	aa7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “God will not exalt you to heaven, will he?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
708	11:23	nddz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	Jesus uses a rhetorical question to rebuke the people of Capernaum for their pride, because they think they deserve to be taken straight to heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “God will certainly not bring you up to heaven like you think he will!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
709	11:23	vk57		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον	1	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to rebuke the people who live in the city of Capernaum. This could have happened in the past, but it did not happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could mark the second event with the word “then.” Alternate translation: “suppose I had done all of these powerful deeds in the presence of the people of Sodom. Then they might have turned from their sinful ways and escaped judgment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
710	11:23	z279		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if I had done the miracles among the people of Sodom that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
711	11:24	e3pa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	γῇ Σοδόμων	1	See how you translated Sodom in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
712	11:24	yk3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἢ σοί	1	Jesus is saying that it will be more tolerable for the people of Sodom because they did not have the chance to see Jesus’ miracles, while the people of Capernaum did, and they still did not repent. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
713	11:25	h5x4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
714	11:25	u9cy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς	1	The phrase heaven and earth refers to everything which God has created in the entire universe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “ruler over the entire universe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
715	11:25	qw5c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	Jesus is using the adjectives wise and intelligent as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “from people who are smart and knowledgeable” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
716	11:25	w9hx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	The words wise and intelligent mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how smart these people thought they were. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the carefully discerning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
717	11:25	las9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	Jesus calls them wise and intelligent even though he does not actually believe that they are wise or intelligent. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
718	11:25	b6w5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	νηπίοις	1	Here, the phrase little children is referring to people who are not wise. Jesus uses the figurative language to emphasize that one does not need to be wise to be one of his followers. If your readers would not understand what little children means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “you who are as wise as little children” or “you who are not very wise” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
719	11:26	qp7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὅτι οὕτως εὐδοκία ἐγένετο ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	The phrase before you is an idiom which refers to how someone considers something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for you considered it good to do this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
720	11:27	yk5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My Father has given everything over to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
721	11:27	gd67			πάντα	1	The phrase All things could mean: (1) God the Father has revealed to Jesus everything about himself and his kingdom. Alternate translation: “All knowledge of himself” or (2) God has given all authority to Jesus. Alternate translation: “All authority”
722	11:27	j3vk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	Father is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
723	11:27	s1as		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν Υἱὸν, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ; οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς, καὶ ᾧ ἐὰν βούληται ὁ Υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these double negatives as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only the Father knows who the Son is, and only the Son and those to whom he reveals the Father know the Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
724	11:27	esp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν & ὁ Υἱὸς	1	Jesus was referring to himself as the Son in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could write it in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
725	11:27	l8xe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν	1	Son is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
726	11:28	x978		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι, κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς	1	Here, you is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
727	11:28	t2jj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι	1	Jesus speaks of people being discouraged in their attempts to obey all the laws as if those laws were heavy burdens and the people were laboring to carry them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Come to me, all of your who are feeling burdened by how many laws you are trying to keep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
728	11:28	f1w4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς	1	Here, the word rest is figurative for no longer feeling the obligation to keep every law, especially laws that written by the Pharisees. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “I will give you relief from feeling the need to be perfect before God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
729	11:29	q1ya		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μου ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς	1	Jesus continues the metaphor of burden that he began in the last verse. Jesus uses the image of a yoke, something which is put on large animals to carry or pull heavy burdens, to encourage his listeners to let him carry their burdens with them. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what yoke means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “Share your burden with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
730	11:29	t1rh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	Here, gentle and humble in heart mean basically the same thing. Jesus combines them to emphasize that he is much kinder than the religious leaders who burdened the people with the many laws. Alternate translation: “I am very gentle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
731	11:29	i3qs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	The phrase humble in heart is an idiom meaning that he is a humble person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “humble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
732	11:29	i3ls		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν	1	Here, souls is figurative for the entire person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “you will be able to rest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
733	11:30	hlv3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν	1	Here, Jesus continues the burden metaphor from the previous verses. You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “When I help you, it will be like I am carrying most of the weight of the yoke and you are only carrying a little bit of the burden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
734	11:30	ynf1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν	1	Both of these phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that it is easier to obey him than it is to obey the Jewish law. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For what I place on you, you will be able to carry because it is light” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
735	12:intro	y7z6				0	Matthew 12 General Notes Structure and Formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:18-21, which are words from the Old Testament. Special Concepts in this Chapter The Sabbath This chapter has much to say about how God’s people are to honor the Sabbath. Jesus said that the rules that the Pharisees made up did not help people obey the Sabbath the way God wanted them to. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) “Blasphemy against the Spirit” No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]]) Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Brothers and sisters Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as some of the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])
736	12:1	m2n1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ	1	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
737	12:1	tvt9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τῶν σπορίμων	1	A grainfield is a place where grain is grown and harvested. This grain is usually ground and made into bread. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a field where grain is grown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
738	12:1	y5vr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	στάχυας	1	The heads are the topmost part of the grain plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant. The disciples were picking the heads of grain to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. If it would be helpful in your language, think of a type of food from which you have to remove a shell or casing. Alternate translation: “picking the tops of grain and eating the seeds.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
739	12:2	swl7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1	According to the law of Moses, people are not allowed to work on the Sabbath in order to focus on worshiping God. The Pharisees considered even the small action of plucking and rubbing heads of grain to be work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are harvesting grain, and that is work that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
740	12:3	d712		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ, ὅτε ἐπείνασεν καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	This begins a question that continues into the next verse. See the note in the next verse for how to address this rhetorical question. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
741	12:4	u3ye		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, ὃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἦν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν, οὐδὲ τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις	1	Jesus asks this question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “how he went into the God’s house and ate the bread of the presence, which they were not allowed to do. Only the priests were allowed to do this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
742	12:4	blm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus is describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
743	12:4	ue7l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως	1	This refers to the 12 loaves of bread that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the 12 loaves of the bread of the Presence which were in the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
744	12:4	lkx9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but it was only lawful for the priests to eat that bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
745	12:5	f79q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι τοῖς Σάββασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν, καὶ ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν?	1	Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read in the law of Moses that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
746	12:5	dqe9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν	1	The priests were said to profane the Sabbath because they had to fulfill their priestly duties on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile the Sabbath by working at their priestly duties” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
747	12:6	k4mn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τοῦ ἱεροῦ μεῖζόν	1	Jesus was referring to himself as the one who is greater than the temple If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I am someone who is more important than the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
748	12:7	ypj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους	1	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Pharisees about why they were wrong for accusing Jesus’ disciples of working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “But suppose you had understood what the phrase ‘I desire you to have mercy and not to sacrifice’ meant. Then you certainly would not have condemned my innocent disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
749	12:7	e1ju			ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν	1	In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This verse is saying that God would prefer the Israelites to have mercy rather than for them to have to offer a sacrifice for their sins. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “I would rather that you would be merciful to others than for you to continually offer sacrifices for your wrongful deeds”
750	12:7	s23l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἀναιτίους	1	Jesus is using the adjective innocent as a noun in order to describe his disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are innocent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
751	12:8	l7g3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself as the Son of Man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person here to clarify, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
752	12:8	nca0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Son of Man is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
753	12:9	y4me		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν	1	The word their likely refers to the Pharisees to whom Jesus was just speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into those Pharisees' synagogue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
754	12:10	xb13		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν	1	This means that the man’s hand was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it look smaller. State this in a way that would be understandable to your readers. Alternate translation: “his hand was shriveled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
755	12:10	c1cc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν & ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ	1	Here, Matthew is giving background information to help to reader understand why the Pharisees questioned Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “and they were questioning him … to try to find fault in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
756	12:11	ng4j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς Σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ?	1	Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, if you only had one sheep, and it fell into a pit on the Sabbath, would certainly grasp hold of the sheep and lift it out.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
757	12:12	s2tu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου?	1	Jesus asks this question to prove the point that the Pharisees would be willing to help a sheep, but not a man, on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A man is certainly more valuable than a sheep!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
758	12:13	be8u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα.	1	This is an imperative, but this was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “Stretch out your hand! Be healed!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
759	12:13	jry3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus restored his hand to health” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
760	12:15	lbo1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς πάντας	1	Here, the word all is figurative, meaning “very many.” If it would be helpful in your languages, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “he healed very many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
761	12:17	mcd7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God spoke through the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
762	12:18	zkt7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ὁ ἀγαπητός μου	1	Connecting Statement: If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of beloved, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “one whom I love” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
763	12:18	s6a4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	Here, soul refers to the person as a whole. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “with whom I am very pleased” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
764	12:18	jh8p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of justice, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he will proclaim that God will act justly towards the nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
765	12:19	gj1p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἐρίσει, οὐδὲ κραυγάσει	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “He will not strive with people, nor will he cry out loud to people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
766	12:19	jr87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις	1	Here, the phrase in the streets is an idiom that means in public. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the cities and towns where people are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
767	12:20	cdk2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει	1	Both of the phrases He will not break a bruised reed and he will not quench a smoking flax are metaphors emphasizing that God’s servant will be gentle and kind. Both bruised reed and smoking flax represent weak and hurting people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a plainly. Alternate translation: “He will be kind to weak people and he will be gentle to those who are hurting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
768	12:20	kbu9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει	1	Both of the phrases He will not break a bruised reed and he will not quench a smoking flax mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “He will not destroy something already very weak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
769	12:20	y8mn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει	1	Here, flax refers to a burning wick or a small flame. If it would be helpful in your language, use a general expression. Alternate translation: “he will not extinguish a small flame” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
770	12:20	b6tw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἕως ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of justice or victory, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “until he would cause people to be justified before God and cause them to be victorious over death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
771	12:21	w3rq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the word name refers to God himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
772	12:22	nba2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	τότε	1	The word Then introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
773	12:22	e1g4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people brought to him one who was demon-possessed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
774	12:22	k2vt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός	1	Jesus is using the adjectives blind and mute as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “a person who was blind and mute” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
775	12:23	ink7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	Son of David is a an important title for the Messiah, who was supposed to come and rule on David’s throne. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah, the Son of David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
776	12:23	h8kf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	υἱὸς	1	Here, the word Son is figurative for a descendant of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “offspring” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
777	12:24	p1mi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “He throws out demons only by Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
778	12:25	ckth		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰδὼς δὲ τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς	1	This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he knew their thoughts, so he said to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
779	12:25	i1sd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται	1	Jesus uses a proverb to respond to the Pharisees saying that he casts out demons by Beelzebul. Translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “If the people of a nation are fighting against each other, they will certainly cause its destruction. Similarly, if people of a city or even a house are fighting against each other, they will will not be united together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
780	12:25	ll42		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται & πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται	1	The phrases Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate and every city or house divided against itself will not stand mean the same thing. Jesus says the same thing to show that if any group of people fights against each other, it will eventually loose its unity. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Any group of people fighting against each other will eventually fall apart and no longer be united” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
781	12:25	g9ec		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	βασιλεία & πόλις ἢ οἰκία	1	Here, the words kingdom and city refer to the people who live in them. The word house refers to a family, whose members would all live in the same house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people who live in a nation … people who live in a city or house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
782	12:25	rvzh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People living in a country who fight against each other destroy their own country” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
783	12:26	i42r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Σατανᾶν	1	The second use of the word Satan is figurative, referring to the demons that serve Satan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the demons who serve Satan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
784	12:26	ah7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus uses this question to show the Pharisees that accusing Jesus of casting out demons by Satan is foolish. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “His kingdom will surely not stand!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
785	12:27	gee9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν?	1	Jesus uses another question to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly your sons also cast out demons by the same person as I do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
786	12:27	x9je		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν	1	The phrase your sons refers to the disciples of the Pharisees. If your readers would not understand what sons means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “your disciples” or “your followers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
787	12:27	jja2			διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν	1	The phrase For this reason they will be your judges could mean: (1) they will judge the Pharisees’ accusations against Jesus to be wrong. Alternate translation: “Because of this your disciples will show that you are wrong” (2) they will stand with God at the end of time to judge the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “Because of this yours sons will be your judges”
788	12:28	zb4d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ δὲ ἐν Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “But since I throw out demons by the Spirit of God, the kingdom of God has come upon you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
789	12:28	r5dg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you translated kingdom in 3:2. Alternate translation: “then God is making you a part of his people over whom he will rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
790	12:29	t4vu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ἢ	1	This parable tells about how Jesus is binding Satan and his evil spirits, and saving the people whom Satan had controlled previously. Make sure it is clear to your readers that this is a story. Alternate translate: “Then Jesus told them a story, saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
791	12:29	w54c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν?	1	Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd that he is more powerful than Satan. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly, no one can enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings without tying up the strong man first” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
792	12:29	b2et		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τις	1	The word anyone is a generic noun and is not referring to any specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
793	12:29	tsrk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι	1	To enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings is figurative. The strong man is referring to Satan. So to enter into his house and steal his belongings means to throw out his demons from people whom they controlled. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Someone cannot take from Satan the demons that belong to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
794	12:29	zluo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν	1	When someone ties up the strong man, who is Satan, it means they either defeat him or restrain him, making him no longer able to rule over his demons. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what it means to bind in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “unless he first restrains him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
795	12:30	ivp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1	The phrase with me is an idiom which means to support someone or be on their side. In this instance, the religious leaders were not supporting Jesus’ ministry, because they thought he was controlled by Satan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The one not supporting my work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
796	12:30	ek1h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει	1	Jesus is using a metaphor that refers to a person either gathering the flock of sheep to a shepherd or making them scatter away from the shepherd. Jesus means that a person is either helping to make people become disciples of Jesus or he is making people reject Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
797	12:31	hy38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive every sin that a person commits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
798	12:31	t280		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις; ἡ δὲ τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται	1	If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid confusing your reader. Alternate translation: “God will forgive many sins and blasphemies, but he will not forgive the blasphemy of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
799	12:31	ezx8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἡ & τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But God will not forgive blasphemy of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
800	12:31	kqx0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	βλασφημία & ἡ δὲ τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of blasphemy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “but the blasphemous word one speaks … when one blasphemes against the Spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
801	12:32	gwx2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὃς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here, the word word is refers to what someone says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “If a person says anything bad about the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
802	12:32	h79z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here, Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
803	12:32	z3ma		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ & οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive that person … God will not forgive that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
804	12:32	lw5j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι	1	Here, the phrases this age and the one coming are idioms referring to the present life and the next life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the time in which we now live, nor in eternity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
805	12:33	bi8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν; ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται	1	The proverb Either make the tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad is making a figurative comparison. It is comparing the actions of a good person to the good fruit of a healthy tree. It is also comparing the bad works of an evil person to the bad fruit of an unhealthy tree. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “A person is considered to be a good person if they act in a good way. A person is considered to be a bad person if they act in an evil way. You can judge whether a person is good or bad by how they act” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
806	12:33	kl16		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	καλὸν & σαπρὸν	1	The words good and bad are figurative for healthy and unhealthy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
807	12:33	nx9n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for people know whether a tree is good or bad by looking at its fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
808	12:34	r1uv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	Here, You offspring of vipers is a metaphor which is describing the behavior of the Pharisees. Vipers are poisonous snakes which can harm and kill people. The Pharisees were compared to vipers because their teaching was harming people spiritually. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “You who behave like dangerous snakes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
809	12:34	e7x3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν, πονηροὶ ὄντες?	1	Jesus uses a question to rebuke how evilly the Pharisees behave. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “being evil, you are certainly not able to say good things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
810	12:34	i7c6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐκ & τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ	1	Here, mouth is a synecdoche that represents a person as a whole. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “A person speaks from all that is in their heart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
811	12:34	e9bg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκ & τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ	1	Here, heart is a metonym for the thoughts or intentions a person has. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what a person says with his mouth reveals what he desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
812	12:35	r3uw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει ἀγαθά; καὶ ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει πονηρά	1	Jesus uses this proverb to speak about where people’s behavior comes from. Jesus speaks of the heart as treasure. He is saying that good people say good things out of their good desires. Similarly, evil people do evil things out of their evil desires. Translate this proverb in a way that would be meaningful in your language, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “People who have good desires do things, but people who have evil desires do bad things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
813	12:36	t2pj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1	Jesus is speaking about men in general, and not about any specific men. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
814	12:36	ay18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of judgment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the day when God will judge the people of the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
815	12:37	qw5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δικαιωθήσῃ & καταδικασθήσῃ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will justify you … God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
816	12:38	ikg2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν	1	The religious leaders wanted to see a sign in order to prove that God sent Jesus as his messenger. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to see a sign from you that shows us that you are from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
817	12:39	d8b9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	1	Jesus is speaking to the people in the third person though they are right in front of him. If your readers would find it helpful, you could make this second person. Alternate translation: “A wicked and unfaithful generation like you seeks a sign, but a sign will not be given to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
818	12:39	a5di		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς	1	Here, adulterous is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God in their relationship with him, just as a person is not faithful in their relationship with a spouse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “An evil and unfaithful generation” or “An evil and unloving generation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
819	12:39	j21p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου	1	If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “but the only sign that I will give will be the sign of Jonah the prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
820	12:39	c6hy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give them no sign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
821	12:40	vh9i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας	-1	The phrase three days and three nights is referring to three entire days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “three complete days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
822	12:40	hzem		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὥσπερ γὰρ ἦν Ἰωνᾶς ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ τοῦ κήτους τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας, οὕτως	1	Jesus is assuming that his audience is familiar with the story of Jonah, which tells that the prophet Jonah was swallowed by a fish because he disobeyed God. But once he repented, after three days, the fish spit him out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could reference this story explicitly. Alternate translation: “Think about the story of Jonah the prophet in the Scriptures. He was swallowed by a large fish because he disobeyed God. After he repented three days later, the fish spit him out. Similarly,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
823	12:40	iuv8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
824	12:40	gg65		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς	1	The phrase the heart of the earth is referring to being deep in the ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “under the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
825	12:41	sn8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται ἀναστήσονται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν; ὅτι μετενόησαν εἰς τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰωνᾶ; καὶ ἰδοὺ, πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “The men of Nineveh repented when Jonah came to them, and behold, something greater than Jonah is here before you. Therefore, the men of Nineveh will stand up at the time of judgment with this generation and condemn it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
826	12:41	gnh1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται	1	The phrase men of Nineveh is referring to both men and women. Alternate translation: “The citizens of Nineveh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
827	12:41	b94i			ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	The phrase will stand up at the judgment could mean: (1) that God will resurrect them, as in the UST. (2) that they will stand up with God as fellow judges over Israel. Alternate translation: “they will stand with God at the judgment”
828	12:41	x8gm			τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	See how you translated the word generation in 12:39
829	12:41	qg29			καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	The word behold emphasizes what Jesus says next.
830	12:41	dbs3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “something greater than Jonah is here, and you have not repented” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
831	12:41	zb6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	πλεῖον	1	Jesus is speaking about himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
832	12:42	zwv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	βασίλισσα νότου	1	This refers to the Queen of the country called Sheba. Sheba was a land south of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
833	12:42	kku7			ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	See the note on this phrase in the previous verse.
834	12:42	z46e			ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	See how you translated this phrase in 12:41.
835	12:42	zc72			τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	See how you translated generation in the previous verse.
836	12:42	q8q8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς	1	Here, the phrase the ends of the earth is an idiom that means “very far away.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “she came from very far away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
837	12:42	t521		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	βασίλισσα νότου ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν; ὅτι ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος; καὶ ἰδοὺ, πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “The Queen of Sheba came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon, and behold, I am much greater than is Solomon. Therefore, she will be raised in the judgment with this generation and will judge it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
838	12:42	aj1x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “something greater than Solomon is here, and you will not come to hear it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
839	12:42	uf5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	πλεῖον	1	Jesus is speaking about himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
840	12:43	tnea		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	δὲ	1	In this verse Jesus begins telling a parable that go through 12:45. Jesus is teaching the people the dangers of not allowing the Holy Spirit to live in them, and how this allows demons to control them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now I am going to teach you through telling you a story” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
841	12:43	f5jr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀνύδρων τόπων	1	Jesus is describing the desert by reference to the lack of water there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “desert areas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
842	12:44	ty9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου & ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον	1	Here, my house is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living and controlling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the dwelling place I left” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
843	12:44	cd4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the spirit finds that someone emptied it, swept it out and put it in order” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
844	12:44	s6jf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	Here, the phrase empty, having been swept out and put in order is figurative language referring to a house that has been cleaned and vacated, so no one lives there. Similar to this, the spirit found this person to not have any spirit living in it. Jesus is saying that the person did not have the Holy Spirit living within them, so the demon returned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “empty, cleaned, and organized” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
845	12:47	qd32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	εἶπεν δέ τις αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι.	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Now someone said to him that his mother and brothers were standing outside, seeking to speak to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
846	12:48	e535		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἀδελφοί μου?	1	Jesus asks this question to teach the crowd about which people are a part of his spiritual family. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I will tell you who the people are that are my mother and brothers.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
847	12:49	rxe8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου	1	The phrase my mother and my brothers is not here referring to Jesus’ actual brothers and mother, but he is referring to his disciples as his brothers and mother. Jesus says this because he considers them a part of his spiritual family. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these are like a mother and brothers to me” or “these are like family to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
848	12:50	e25c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅστις γὰρ ἂν ποιήσῃ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν	1	The word For here tells the reader that Jesus is explaining the previous thing he said. He is explaining that he considers as family those who obey God. Alternate translation: “For I consider the one who obeys my Father in the heavens to be my brother, my sister, or my mother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
849	12:50	mq9r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
850	12:50	s0yb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	See how you translated the phrase in the heavens in 5:16. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
851	12:50	gn31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν	1	This is a metaphor meaning that those who obey God belong to Jesus’ spiritual family, which is more important than belonging to his physical family. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
852	13:intro	s3lu				0	Matthew 13 General Notes Structure and Formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:14-15, which are words from the Old Testament. This chapter begins a new section. It contains some of Jesus’ parables about the kingdom of heaven. Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter Metonymy Jesus often says the word heaven when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven (13:11). Implicit information Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When Matthew wrote that Jesus “sat beside the sea” (Matthew 13:1), he probably expected his hearers to know that Jesus was about to teach the people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Metaphor Speakers often use examples of things that we can see or touch to communicate abstract ideas. Jesus spoke of birds eating newly sown seed to describe how Satan keeps people from understanding Jesus’ message (13:19). Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Passive voice Many sentences in this chapter tell that something happened to a person without indicating who caused the thing to happen. For example, “they were scorched” (13:6). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) Parables The parables are short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth (13:11-13).
853	13:1	vx5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ	1	This introduces a new event that happened at some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Sometime later that same day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
854	13:1	cy1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἐξελθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῆς οἰκίας, ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν	1	Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus went out of the house. He was sitting by the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
855	13:2	d16z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συνήχθησαν πρὸς αὐτὸν ὄχλοι πολλοί	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Large crowds gathered around him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
856	13:2	d0v5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος	1	The word crowd is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
857	13:3	o5f9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς	1	Jesus begins telling the crowd a parable about what happens when different people hear his teaching. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
858	13:3	f5mv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he said many things to them in parables, and this is what he said:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
859	13:4	qr2d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ἐν τῷ σπείρειν αὐτὸν, ἃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν	1	Many cultures, when they plant seeds, bury them after planting them to protect them from birds and animals that eat seeds. The seeds on the path did not get hidden from the birds, so they ate them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As he was scattering the seeds, some of them fell onto the path, where they were unprotected from scavengers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
860	13:5,7-8	ql87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἄλλα	-1	In these verses, the word others is referring to seeds that fell in different areas as the sower was planting. If it would be helpful in your language, see how it is modeled in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
861	13:6	pz44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἡλίου δὲ ἀνατείλαντος	1	The phrase the sun had risen is an idiom which means when the sun got to its highest point in the sky and was hottest. If it would be helpful in your language, you state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the hottest time of the day came” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
862	13:6	qq5x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκαυματίσθη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sun scorched the plants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
863	13:7	k69q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἄλλα	1	See the note on others in 13:5. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
864	13:7	vt8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀνέβησαν αἱ ἄκανθαι καὶ ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτά	1	The phrase the thorns grew up and choked them might be confusing to some readers. What this means is that the weeds grew much faster than did the crops that the sower planted, and so the weeds did not allow the crops to grow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly with an example from your culture. Alternate translation: “the thorns grew much faster and overwhelmed the plants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
865	13:8	iwv2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἄλλα	1	See the note in 13:5. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
866	13:8	e91e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. The amount of grain each plant produced is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation, starting a new sentence: “Some plants bore 100 times as much grain, some produced 60 times as much grain, and some produced 30 times as much grain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
867	13:9	q2e2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	See the note in 11:15. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
868	13:9	gkv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
869	13:11	fc5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God has given to you to understand mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but God has not given that understanding to those people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
870	13:11	xq2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but to those it has not been given to know the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
871	13:11	rcd3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	The word you is plural here and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
872	13:11	ah6u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	See how you translated this in 3:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
873	13:12	x34s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ὅστις γὰρ ἔχει, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ καὶ περισσευθήσεται; ὅστις δὲ οὐκ ἔχει, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	This proverb draws a figurative comparison: Jesus speaks of understanding as if it were a physical item which could either be given or taken away. He is saying that for whoever is able to understand, God will allow them to understand more. But for whoever does not understand, God will take away even whatever little understanding they have. Alternate translation: “For whoever understands, God will allow that person to understand even more, and it will be plenty. But for whoever does not have understanding, God will take away what understanding they do have” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
874	13:12	j3rl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὅστις & ὅστις	1	The word whoever is referring to people in general and not to any specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “if a person … if a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
875	13:12	v61y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται & ἀρθήσεται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will give … God will take” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
876	13:14	jz9n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα, ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε	1	Matthew is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the prophet Isaiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to them the prophecy of Isaiah is being fulfilled which says that though they hear, they will not understand, and though they see, they will not perceive” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes)
877	13:14	a1im		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε	1	See how you translated the words see and hear in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
878	13:15	tfl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου & καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν	1	Here, the word heart is used to refer to a person's mind or inner desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the minds of these people … they will understand in their minds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
879	13:15	ps56		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπιστρέψωσιν	1	The phrase they might turn back is figurative, referring to someone who repents of their sins and asks God for forgiveness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they repent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
880	13:15	q1h9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	The phrase I will heal them is figurative, meaning that he will forgive them for the sins that they have confessed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “I will forgive their sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
881	13:16	glp8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν, καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν	1	Here, see and hear are referring to the disciples ability to understand what Jesus is saying and doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “You are blessed because you understand what you see with your eyes and what you hear with your ears” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
882	13:16	rlt3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῶν & ὑμῶν	1	Both occurrences of your are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
883	13:16	xczh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and blessed are your ears, for they hear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
884	13:17	bsj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν & βλέπετε & ἀκούετε	1	All occurrences of you are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
885	13:17	e6ci		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἃ βλέπετε	1	The phrase what you see is referring to the healings and miracles which Jesus did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the miracles you have seen me do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
886	13:17	lslf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ οὐκ εἶδαν	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why the prophets and kings did not see these things. Alternate translation: “but did not see them because they lived before my time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
887	13:17	q14w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἃ ἀκούετε	1	The phrase the things you hear probably refers to the teachings of Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the things that you have heard me teach” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
888	13:18	w35t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὑμεῖς οὖν ἀκούσατε τὴν παραβολὴν τοῦ σπείραντος	1	Jesus is not retelling the parable again, but is now explaining it to the disciples. Make sure this is clear to your audience. See the note in the chapter introduction for more information about this parable. Alternate translation: “Therefore, hear me explain the parable of the one who sowed the seed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
889	13:19	v2d7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	παντὸς ἀκούοντος	1	Jesus is speaking of people in general, and not about any specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “People hearing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
890	13:19	suhi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας	1	The phrase the word is referring to the entire message about the kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
891	13:19	het1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας	1	Here the word kingdom is referring to the circumstance where God will rule, and people will gladly submit to his rule over them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message about how God will rule over them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
892	13:19	uo3l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τῆς βασιλείας	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
893	13:19	a8nu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is speaking about Satan as if he were like a bird who snatches away seeds. God’s message is spoken of as if it had been sown in a person’s heart. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “the evil one comes and takes away their understanding of God’s message from their heart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
894	13:19	sb7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ πονηρὸς	1	Here, the evil one refers to Satan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Satan, who is the evil one,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
895	13:19	r9u6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the seed which God sowed in his heart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
896	13:19	xi8f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the word heart is referring to the mind of the person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his mind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
897	13:19	wfd3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς	1	Jesus speaks about what happens to these people as if it were what happens when seed is sown on the hard surface alongside the road. The seed is referring to God’s message. The road is referring to the persons heart. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “When this happens, it is like what happened to seed being sown along the path” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
898	13:19	xgz5			παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν	1	See how you translated this in 13:4.
899	13:20	l5iv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ & σπαρείς	1	The phrase the one having been sown is talking about the seed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the seed which was sown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
900	13:20	rnct		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ εὐθὺς μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν	1	Jesus is comparing the one hearing the word and immediately receiving it with joy with the seed which is sown on rocky ground. In the same way that the seed sown on rocky soil does not have deep roots, so the person who immediately receives the message has not fully believed it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “this is like the person who hears the word and quickly receives it with joy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
901	13:20	w4f9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὸν λόγον	1	See how you translated word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
902	13:20	cl6g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	See how you translated the word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
903	13:20	z76f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ εὐθὺς μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν	1	Jesus is speaking about believing as if they were receiving God’s message. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “this seed is like the person who quickly receives God’s message with joy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
904	13:21	zg9q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν	1	This expression, but he has no root in himself, but is temporary, means that the plant does not have deep enough roots to stay alive. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but he does not have deep roots to stay alive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
905	13:21	ixil		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν	1	Here, the second word but introduces a contrast. What follows the word but is in contrast to what precedes it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather, is temporary (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
906	13:21	lxuy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	γενομένης δὲ θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of tribulation and persecution, you could express the same ideas with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “for when people afflict and persecute him because of the word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
907	13:21	xv50		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὸν λόγον	1	See how you translated word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
908	13:21	lim9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται	1	The expression to stumble means that he no longer believes God’s message. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “immediately he stops believing God’s message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
909	13:22	d4h5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ & σπαρείς	1	Here, Jesus is talking about the story of seed which was sown among the thorns, If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the seed having been sown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
910	13:22	rcj8			ὁ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς	1	See how you translated thorns in 13:7
911	13:22	a3u1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὸν λόγον	-1	See how you translated the word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
912	13:22	q2nh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου	1	The phrase the worry of this age is likely referring to caring about what a person will eat or drink. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “fretting about the expense of living” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
913	13:22	wwf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου	1	Jesus speaks of riches as if it were a living thing that could deceive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “finding all of their pleasure in wealth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
914	13:22	gn6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἄκαρπος γίνεται	1	The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Being unfruitful represents not obeying what God wants them to do. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he does not do what God wants him to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
915	13:23	xw4b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ & ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρείς	1	Here Jesus is referring to the story of the seed which fell on the good soil. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the seed having been sown on the good soil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
916	13:23	ptb8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὃς δὴ καρποφορεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ	1	Here the phrase who indeed produces a crop and yields means “a person who does many good things that please God”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who does many good things that please God, giving fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
917	13:23	wm3p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ποιεῖ, ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “some produce 100 times the grain that was sown, some produce 60 times the grain that was sown, and some produce 30 times the grain that was sown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
918	13:23	i4t0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	ἑκατὸν & ἑξήκοντα & τριάκοντα	1	You can state the numbers as text. Alternate translation: “one hundred times … sixty … thirty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
919	13:24	l5yx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ἄλλην παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς λέγων,	1	To help the people understand his message, Jesus tells another story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told a story to help them understand:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
920	13:24	xkov		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἄλλην παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς	1	Here the term set before them means that Jesus told the disciples another parable. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus told them another parable” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
921	13:24	iiv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	It is unknown to whom the pronoun them refers. Alternate translation: “the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
922	13:24-30	k8pu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἀνθρώπῳ σπείραντι καλὸν σπέρμα ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is explaining about the kingdom of the heavens by using the entire story through 13:30. See the note in the chapter introduction for more information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
923	13:24	f8j5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	See how you translated The kingdom of the heavens in 3:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
924	13:24	u21k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καλὸν σπέρμα	1	Here good seed is referring to seed that produces the desired crops. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “seed that produces useful crops” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
925	13:25	q4tv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ζιζάνια	1	Here, darnel is a plant that looks like food, but the grain that it produces in poisonous. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
926	13:27	h51x			τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου	1	The landowner is the same person who sowed good seed in his field.
927	13:27	gr7d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα ἔσπειρας ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ?	1	The servants used a question to emphasize their surprise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “you sowed good seed in your field!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
928	13:27	fb86		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐχὶ & ἔσπειρας	1	The landowner probably had his servants plant the seeds. Alternate translation: “did we not sow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
929	13:28	r83z			ὁ δὲ ἔφη αὐτοῖς	1	Alternate translation: “But the landowner said to the servants”
930	13:28	num8			συλλέξωμεν αὐτά	1	The word we refers to the servants.
931	13:29	c9jc			ὁ δέ φησιν	1	Alternate translation: “But the landowner said to his servants”
932	13:30	z36a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς, συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά; τὸν δὲ σῖτον συναγάγετε εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου.	1	You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “I will tell the reapers to first gather up the darnel and tie them in bundles to burn them, and then gather the wheat into my barn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
933	13:30	ll14			τὴν ἀποθήκην	1	A barn is a farm building that can be used for storing grain, housing animals, and sheltering other farm items.
934	13:31	tdf4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	Connecting Statement:	0	Connecting Statement: Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by beginning to tell a parable about a very small seed that grows into a very big plant. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
935	13:31	jw7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	See how you translated kingdom of the heavens in 3:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
936	13:31	qby8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κόκκῳ σινάπεως	1	A mustard seed is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If this is unknown in your culture, use a similar type of seed in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
937	13:32	gyi1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ὃ μικρότερον μέν ἐστιν πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων	1	The phrase which is indeed the smallest of all the seeds shows how small the seed is compared with how big it grows. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This seed is the smallest of any seed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
938	13:32	g6v8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	γίνεται δένδρον	1	Here, the phrase becomes a tree is an idiom meaning it grows until it becomes the size of a tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “grows to be a tree” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
939	13:33	z94k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ	1	In this passage, Jesus is comparing the kingdom of the heavens with yeast. Jesus is saying that, just as yeast is mixed into flour and causes it to grow, so the kingdom of the heavens will grow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
940	13:33	w8sb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	See how you translated The kingdom of the heavens in 4:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
941	13:33	xc9t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ζύμῃ, ἣν λαβοῦσα, γυνὴ ἐνέκρυψεν εἰς ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία, ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον	1	Bakers use yeast to act upon the bread dough, causing it to swell due to a chemical reaction that produces air bubbles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “yeast, which is used to make bread dough swell” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
942	13:33	r88g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία	1	You can translate this phrase as “a large amount of flour” or use a term that your culture uses for measuring large amounts of flour. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
943	13:34	nt7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ταῦτα πάντα ἐλάλησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν παραβολαῖς τοῖς ὄχλοις, καὶ χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς	1	The phrases All these things Jesus spoke in parables to the crowds and he was speaking nothing to them without a parable mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Jesus spoke all of these things to the crowds in parables” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
944	13:34	n54e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ταῦτα πάντα	1	The phrase All these things is referring to the parables which Jesus just taught. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “All of the things Jesus taught,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
945	13:34	a5c7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς	1	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “he spoke only with parables” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
946	13:35	ybq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God said through the prophet might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
947	13:35	p3tb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	διὰ τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος,	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “through the prophet … and this is what he said:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
948	13:35	f9gl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀνοίξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὸ στόμα μου	1	Jesus is using the phrase I will open my mouth in parables to mean speaking. Alternate translation: “I will speak in parables” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
949	13:35	yx6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κεκρυμμένα	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what I have hidden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
950	13:35	th8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of foundation, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “since God founded the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
951	13:36	pq2h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	τότε	1	Connecting Statement: Jesus is using the word translated Then to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
952	13:37	xj4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself as the Son of Man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the first person, as modelled by UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
953	13:38	h9iz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας & οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	Here, the phrase sons of the kingdom is an idiom meaning “people over whom God rules.” The phrase sons of the evil one is an idiom meaning “people over whom Satan rules.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the people over whom God rules … the people over whom Satan rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
954	13:38	eni3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῆς βασιλείας	1	See how you translated the kingdom in 3:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
955	13:40	rn64		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὥσπερ οὖν συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ πυρὶ κατακαίεται, οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος	1	Jesus is comparing the parable to what is actually going to happen when God judges the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Therefore, similar to how the weeds were gathered up, this is what God is going to do with evil doers when he judges the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
956	13:40	hzih		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος	1
957	13:41	fiy4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἀποστελεῖ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ	1	See how you translated Son of Man in 13:37. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
958	13:41	p5p9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is using the term kingdom here to refer to the whole world. If it would be helpful to your readers, make sure they understand this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the whole world, which he rules over,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
959	13:41	ptw9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πάντα τὰ σκάνδαλα	1	Here, the phrase stumbling blocks is speaking about people who cause other people to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the one causing others to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
960	13:42	d9md		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός	1	Here, Jesus is referring to hell as a furnace of fire. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “hell, which is hot like a fiery furnace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
961	13:42	zu3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	Here, grinding of the teeth is a symbolic act, representing extreme pain and suffering. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “weeping and extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
962	13:43	azqy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οἱ δίκαιοι	1	Jesus is using the adjective righteous as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
963	13:43	u6sm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος	1	Here, Jesus is describing the righteous as if they were shining like the sun. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
964	13:43	j487		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ	1	Jesus is using the term kingdom to mean where God dwells and where the righteous will dwell with him. Alternate translation: “when they are dwelling with God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
965	13:43	sea2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτῶν	1	Father is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
966	13:43	zxh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in 11:15. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
967	13:44-46	fjm1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	In 13:44-46, Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling two parables about people who sold their possessions to purchase something of great value. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
968	13:44	tac2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν θησαυρῷ κεκρυμμένῳ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ	1	Here, Jesus is comparing the kingdom of the heavens with when a person finds treasure. He is saying that God's kingdom is as valuable to a person as a very expensive treasure which someone might find. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens is similar to a very valuable item which is found in a field” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
969	13:44	e9cv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	See how you translated kingdom of the heavens in 3:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
970	13:44	wg6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κεκρυμμένῳ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which someone hid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
971	13:44	k9rh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	θησαυρῷ	1	A treasure is a very valuable and precious thing or collection of things. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “a very valuable item” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
972	13:45	c633		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας	1	The author is implying here that the man is seeking fine pearls because he wants to buy them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “seeking to buy fine pearls” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
973	13:45	znbs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	πάλιν ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας	1	Here, Jesus is comparing the kingdom of God with fine pearls. He is saying that it is very valuable to a person just like pearls are to a person who buys them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly, as expressed in the UST (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
974	13:45	auj6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	See how you translated the kingdom of the heavens in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
975	13:45	khy6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ	1	A merchant is a trader who often obtains merchandise from distant places and takes it elsewhere to sell it to other people. If your readers would not understand the word merchant, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a person who sells items” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
976	13:45	b88q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	καλοὺς μαργαρίτας	1	These pearls are beautiful and valuable mineral balls that people use as jewelry. They are formed inside the shell of a creature that lives at the bottom of the ocean. If your readers would not be familiar with pearls, you could express this idea in a more general way. Alternate translation: “decorations made from valuable materials” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
977	13:47	vw24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	General Information Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about fishermen who use a large net to catch fish. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
978	13:47	s2dd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo		0	Jesus explains the meaning of the parable in 13:49, so you do not need to explain the meaning here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
979	13:47	g79n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγαγούσῃ	1	Here, Jesus compares the kingdom of the heavens with how a net catches many different kinds of fish. In this sentence, Jesus is not comparing the kingdom of the heavens with the net itself. He is rather comparing the kingdom of the heavens with what the net is doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens is comparable to how a net cast into the see gathers every kind of fish in it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
980	13:47	rjm4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	See how you translated the kingdom of the heavens in 3:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
981	13:47	vrp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁμοία & σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is like a net which fisherman threw into the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
982	13:48	aqhl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπληρώθη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fish filled the net” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
983	13:48	cnp7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τὰ καλὰ & τὰ & σαπρὰ	1	Jesus is using the adjectives good and worthless as a noun here in order to describe a group of as either good for eating or not good for eating. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “good fish … worthless fish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
984	13:49	zawv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξελεύσονται οἱ ἄγγελοι	1	Jesus does not say where the angels go out from. Jesus and his audience would have known that the angels went out from God’s presence. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The angels will go out from God’s presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
985	13:49	ah2k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πονηροὺς & τῶν δικαίων	1	Jesus is using the adjectives wicked and righteous as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are wicked … people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
986	13:50	j8nf			καὶ βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός. ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	See how you translated this verse in 13:42.
987	13:51	p5ej		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	συνήκατε ταῦτα πάντα? λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ναί.	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express these as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “Jesus asked them if they had understood all this, and they said that they did understand.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
988	13:52	g4dd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μαθητευθεὶς τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	See how you translated the kingdom of the heavens in 3:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
989	13:52	gr36		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	In this parable, he talks about a man who gives people treasures out of his old and new belongings. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
990	13:52	ip6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	πᾶς γραμματεὺς & ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις ἐκβάλλει ἐκ τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ καινὰ καὶ παλαιά	1	Here, Jesus is comparing a scribe who obeys Jesus with a man who gives people new and old things from his treasure. Here, the treasure is referring to both old teachings of the law as well as new teachings which Jesus is bringing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every scribe … is comparable to a person who gives old and new things from their valuable items” or “every scribe … teaches both new and old teachings, which are like treasures to the people whom they teach” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
991	13:52	g59c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ	1	See how you translated treasure in 13:44. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
992	13:53	jwv2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory	καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὰς παραβολὰς ταύτας, μετῆρεν ἐκεῖθεν	1	This verse tells the reader that the story about Jesus telling many parable to others is ending. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
993	13:54	qnh9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐλθὼν εἰς τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is using the phrase And having entered into his hometown to introduce a new event in the story. Use a way in your language that people use to introduce a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
994	13:54	q3ml		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ	1	Here, his hometown refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his hometown, Nazareth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
995	13:54	b3d2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις?	1	The people asked this question because they did not believe that Jesus had the power to do miracles and heal people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “How can it be that this man has such great wisdom and does these miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
996	13:55	rk5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός? οὐχ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται Μαριὰμ, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ἰωσὴφ, καὶ Σίμων, καὶ Ἰούδας?	1	The crowd uses these questions to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He is just the son of a carpenter. We know his mother Mary, and his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
997	13:55	rpj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός	1	The word carpenter here is referring to someone who builds with wood. If your readers would not understand the word carpenter, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the son of the man who builds with wood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
998	13:55	qspg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός	1	Jesus is using the phrase the carpenter to mean Jospeh, Jesus’ earthly father. Alternate translation: “the son of Joseph, the carpenter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
999	13:56	m9pn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσιν?	1	The crowd uses this question to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “all his sisters are with us, too.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1000	13:56	bnv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ ταῦτα πάντα?	1	The crowd uses this question to show their doubt concerning where Jesus got his abilities from. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We do not know where he got these abilities!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1001	13:56	pqf1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ταῦτα πάντα	1	Here, all these things refers to Jesus’ wisdom and ability to do miracles mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “are his wisdom and ability to do miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1002	13:57	f5md		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus offended them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1003	13:57	azn4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος	1	Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “A prophet is always honored,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1004	13:57	sq8j			τῇ πατρίδι	1	See how you translated hometown in 4:2.
1005	13:57	w4x8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus uses the phrase in his house to refer to his closest relatives, like his father, mother, or siblings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among his closest family members” or “by his father, mother, and siblings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1006	13:58	e2cp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς, διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since they did not believe, Jesus did not do many miracles in that place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1007	14:intro	g5mc				0	Matthew 14 General Notes Structure and Formatting Verses 1 and 2 continue the account from chapter 13. Verses 3-12 stop the account and speak of things that happened earlier, possibly soon after Satan tempted Jesus (see 4:12). Verse 13 continues the account from verse 2. Be sure to have words in verses 3-12 that tell the reader that Matthew has stopped his account to give new information before he continues. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Passive voice Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that thing to happen. For example, the writer does not tell who brought John’s head to Herodias’s daughter (14:11). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1008	14:2	pd1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς παισὶν αὐτοῦ, οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστής; αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And he said to his servants that this is John the Baptist, and that he has been raised from the dead. Because of this, great powers are working in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1009	14:2	nx7x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1010	14:2	vve7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	Jesus speaks of the miraculous powers as if they were a living thing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this is why God has given him great power to do miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1011	14:3-12	zgp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	γὰρ	1	From here until 14:12, Jesus gives the reader background information explaining why Herod said that John was raised from the dead. He is explaining how John died. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “For John died in this way:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1012	14:3	zsvz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because of Herodias, Herod’s brother’s wife, Herod had John arrested, bound, and thrown into prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1013	14:3	d3gp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο	1	The events described by arrested, bound and put in prison happened in that order. Make sure this is understandable to your audience. Alternate translation: “For Herod first arrested him. Then he bound him and then put him in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1014	14:3	h466		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο	1	Jesus is using the term Herod to mean the soldiers who work for him. If it would be helpful to your reader, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John, bind him, and put him in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1015	14:3	lr92		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου	1	Philip was the name of a man who was Herod’s brother. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1016	14:4	n1t6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν.	1	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For John was saying that it was not lawful for him to have her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1017	14:6	fvs5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ μέσῳ	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express who she was dancing in the midst of explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the midst of the guests attending the birthday celebration” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1018	14:6	vdik		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	γενεσίοις δὲ γενομένοις τοῦ Ἡρῴδου	1	In some cultures, people celebrate the day that someone was born. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state what it means explicitly. Alternate translation: “And as they were celebrating Herod’s birthday” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1019	14:8	rhk5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now she, because her mother urged her beforehand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1020	14:8	ruy4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πίνακι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state what the word platter means explicitly. Alternate translation: “a large serving plate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1021	14:9	s8zp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐλυπήθη ὁ βασιλεὺς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The king grieved” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1022	14:9	j6nu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκέλευσεν δοθῆναι	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “the soldiers” did it. Alternate translation: “Herod commanded that the soldiers give to her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1023	14:11	nd5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἠνέχθη ἡ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ κορασίῳ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought his head on a platter and gave it to the girl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1024	14:11	pba6			πίνακι	1	See how you translated platter in verse 14:8.
1025	14:12	mq89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλθόντες, ἀπήγγειλαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	The disciples came to Jesus to tell him what happened to John. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John went and told Jesus what had happened to John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1026	14:13	id97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἀκούσας δὲ, ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν ἐν πλοίῳ εἰς ἔρημον τόπον κατ’ ἰδίαν	1	Here, Matthew is providing the reader with background information for what Jesus is about to do. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “After hearing about this, Jesus was going away from there in a boat to an empty place by himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1027	14:13	ia39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Matthew implies here that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1028	14:13	ipm9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πεζῇ	1	Here, on foot is an idiom meaning that they walked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation, with a preceding comma: “walking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1029	14:15	otp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἡ ὥρα ἤδη παρῆλθεν	1	This phrase means it was late in the day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “it is already late in the day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1030	14:16	r5gd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς	1	The word You is plural, referring to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1031	14:17	ih48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	εἰ μὴ πέντε ἄρτους	1	If it would appear in your language that the disciples are making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “since we only have five loaves and two fish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
1032	14:19	i34u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	Here, looked up to heaven is symbolic for praying. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1033	14:19	bf1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	εὐλόγησεν καὶ κλάσας	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “he blessed them, and having broken the food into pieces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1034	14:19	t7ei		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the disciples gave the loaves to the crowds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1035	14:20	l2h8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν	1
1036	14:21	als7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	ἄνδρες & πεντακισχίλιοι	1	Alternate translation: “five thousand men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1037	14:22	yp8l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἠνάγκασεν τοὺς μαθητὰς ἐμβῆναι εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, καὶ προάγειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πέραν, ἕως οὗ ἀπολύσῃ τοὺς ὄχλους	1	Matthew is providing background information for the next story, about Jesus walking on the water. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus made the disciples get into the boat and precede him to the other side while he was sending away the crowds (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1038	14:24	vzd1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	τὸ δὲ πλοῖον ἤδη μέσον τῆς θαλάσσης ἦν βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων, ἦν γὰρ ἐναντίος ὁ ἄνεμος	1	Matthew provides more information to help the reader understand the follow verses. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The boat was already in the middle of the sea and was being tossed around by waves because of a strong opposing wind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1039	14:25	pmw8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τετάρτῃ δὲ φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state what fourth watch means explicitly. Alternate translation: “some time just before the sun rose” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1040	14:26	h7df		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	λέγοντες, ὅτι φάντασμά	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that he is a ghost” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1041	14:30	sk3j			βλέπων & τὸν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρὸν	1	Here, seeing the strong wind means he observed the turbulent effect the powerful gusts had on the water. Alternate translation: “when Peter saw that the strong wind was causing large waves”
1042	14:31	ia1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τί ἐδίστασας?	1	Here, doubt is referring to Peter not trusting that Jesus could keep him from sinking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “why did you doubt that I could keep you from sinking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1043	14:31	cr9i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	εἰς τί ἐδίστασας?	1	Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you certainly should not have doubted!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1044	14:33	u8pu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ Υἱὸς	1	Son of God is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1045	14:34	cv3f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ διαπεράσαντες	1	Matthew implies that they crossed over the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “After crossing over the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1046	14:34	x9nu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Γεννησαρέτ	1	Gennesaret is a small town on the northwest shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1047	14:35	xd7c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πάντας	1	Here, all does not mean every single person, but it means many people who were sick. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language to express this. Alternate translation: “many of” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1048	14:36	mw8n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	διεσώθησαν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “Jesus” did it. Alternate translation, preceded by a comma: “Jesus healed them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1049	15:intro	i9a5				0	Matthew 15 General Notes Structure and Formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:8-9, which are words from the Old Testament. Special Concepts in this Chapter The “traditions of the elders” The “traditions of the elders” were oral laws that the Jewish religious leaders developed because they wanted to make sure that everyone obeyed the law of Moses. However, they often worked harder to obey these rules than to obey the law of Moses itself. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for this, and they became angry as a result. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) Jews and Gentiles The Jews of Jesus’ time thought that only Jews could please God by the way they lived. Jesus healed a Canaanite Gentile woman’s daughter to show his followers that he would accept both Jews and Gentiles as his people. Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Sheep The Bible often speaks of people as if they were sheep because sheep require someone to take care of them. This is because they do not see well and they often go to where predatory animals can easily kill and eat them . (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1050	15:1	q6af		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	τότε	1	Jesus is using the word translated Then to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1051	15:2	j1b8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	διὰ τί οἱ μαθηταί σου παραβαίνουσιν τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων?	1	The Pharisees are using the question form to challenge Jesus about why his disciples are not following the traditions of the elders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your disciples certainly violate the traditions of the elders!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1052	15:2	yn6l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1	Here, the traditions of the elders is not referring to the law of Moses, but to man-made laws. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “traditional teachings which previous leaders created” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1053	15:2	gfn6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐ & νίπτονται τὰς χεῖρας	1	This washing is not only to clean the hands of filth, but also to rid the body of impurities. It is one which the Pharisees participated in, and often they compelled other people to do so as well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they do not follow the ritual of washing their hands of their impurities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1054	15:3	ia1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	διὰ τί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν?	1	Jesus is using the question form to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You are violating the commandment of God because of your traditions!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1055	15:4	srz6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	τίμα τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα καί ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα, θανάτῳ τελευτάτω	1	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For Moses said to honor your father and mother. He also said that the person who speaks evil against his father or mother deserves to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1056	15:5	ql75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δῶρον	1	It might be necessary in your language to say for whom the gift is intended. This gift is given to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is a gift for God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1057	15:5	l8t0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε, ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί, δῶρον ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς	1	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But you say that whoever says to his father or mother ‘Whatever might have been helpful from me is a gift’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1058	15:6	q3kt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πατέρα	1	Here, the word father implies the idea of both the father and the mother. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “father and mother” or “parents” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1059	15:6	znt9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἠκυρώσατε τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here, the phrase the word of God is referring to God’s commandments in the Old Testament. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you have voided God’s commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1060	15:7	t4fq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ὑποκριταί	1	Jesus calls them hypocrites in an exclamatory way to emphasize his anger with them. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “You are hypocrites!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1061	15:7	n4ti		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation without the preceding comma: “when he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
1062	15:8	qw69		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ	1	Isaiah, whom Jesus is quoting, is using the term lips to mean the spoken word. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This people honors me when they speak” or “This people honors me with their words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1063	15:8	bz91		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	με & ἐμοῦ	1	Here, both uses of the word me are referring to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “me, God … me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1064	15:8	wuw3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ & καρδία	1	Jesus is using the term heart to mean a person’s inner thoughts or desires. Alternate translation: “desire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1065	15:8	q7vm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	Here, the phrase far away from me is an idiom meaning that they do not love God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “but they do not love me in their hearts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1066	15:8	hr29		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Here, but contrasts what is before it to what comes after it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1067	15:9	vvb9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων	1	James is using the possessive form to describe these commandments as things which are created by people instead of God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “man-made” instead of the noun “men.” Alternate translation: “man-made commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1068	15:11	s28y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐ τὸ εἰσερχόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος, τοῦτο κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	Jesus is using the phrase enters into the mouth to mean that which a person eats. He is using the phrase comes out from the mouth to mean what a person says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Nothing that a person eats defiles him, but what a person says, this is what defiles him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1069	15:12	l2uj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ Φαρισαῖοι & ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees … were upset” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1070	15:13	n5ij		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται	1	Here, Jesus refers to the Pharisees as if they were plants. He also speaks of God as if he is a farmer who uproots the plants, judging them. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The Pharisees are like plants that my Heavenly Father will pull up because he did not plant them” or “The Pharisees will be judged severely by my Heavenly Father because they do not obey him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1071	15:13	j49e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος	1	The phrase my heavenly Father is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1072	15:13	hs4t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκριζωθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will uproot” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1073	15:14	r167		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτούς	1	The word them refers to the Pharisees. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1074	15:14	ai9x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοί τυφλὸς, δὲ τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται	1	Jesus speaks of the Pharisees as if they were blind people trying to guide other blind people. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand how to help people obey God, because they themselves do not know how to obey God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “They are like sightless guides. But if the sightless guide leads the sightless person along, both will fall into a hole” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1075	15:15	shg6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἡμῖν	1	By us, Peter means himself and the other disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1076	15:16	al9z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε?	1	Jesus is using the question form to challenge the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I am amazed that you still do not understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1077	15:17	l5nt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὔπω νοεῖτε ὅτι πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα, εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ, καὶ εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκβάλλεται?	1	Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You ought to understand that everything that goes into a persons mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the toilet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1078	15:17	s9z6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀφεδρῶνα	1	Here, latrine is a word which means the place where people bury bodily waste. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1079	15:18	ca1w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὰ & ἐκπορευόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος	1	Jesus is using the phrase proceeding out of the mouth to mean speaking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the things which a person speaks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1080	15:18	jt6o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῆς καρδίας	1	Jesus is using the term heart to mean a persons inner desires or thoughts. If it would it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in a plain way. Alternate translation: “a persons inner thoughts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1081	15:20	bme7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον & ἄνθρωπον	1	Although the term man is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “people” to indicate this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1082	15:21	e5gv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent		0	Here, Matthew is introducing a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1083	15:21	t81u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν	1	It is implied that the disciples went with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples withdrew” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1084	15:22	x1wm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα	1	Matthew is using the phrase behold, a Canaanite woman, having come out to introduce the Canaanite woman as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “behold, there was a woman from the people called the Canaanites who was coming from their region” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1085	15:22	xs64		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	Υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	Jesus was not David’s literal Son, but his descendant. The title Son of David is also an important messianic title. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “Descendant of King David, Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
1086	15:22	j6rt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “a demon” did it. Alternate translation: “A demon is controlling my daughter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1087	15:23	hd2i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον	1	Matthew is using the phrase he did not answer her a word to mean that he did not respond at all to her cries for help. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he kept silent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1088	15:24	t9ga		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἀπεστάλην	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God did not send me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1089	15:24	wfnx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐκ ἀπεστάλην εἰ μὴ εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1	If it would in appear your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “I was sent only for the lost sheep of the house of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
1090	15:24	u9t4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1	Here, Jesus is referring to the people of Israel who have gone astray as lost sheep. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel who have wandered like lost sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1091	15:25	u3jj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	προσεκύνει αὐτῷ	1	Here, bowed down to him was a sign of honor which was often shown in their culture. If it would be helpful to your readers, use a similar action from your culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1092	15:26	ihz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	οὐκ ἔστιν καλὸν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων καὶ βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις	1	This proverb draws a figurative comparison: The people of Israel are like the children of a house because they are the offspring of the parents. But non-Israelite people are like dogs because they are not the offspring. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “It is not good to share the message intended for the people of Israel with those from other places” or “It is not good to give something to a person for whom it was not intended” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
1093	15:26	a5bc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον	1
1094	15:27	yvw1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ & τὰ κυνάρια ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν	1	The woman responds by using the same imagery as Jesus used in the metaphor he just spoke. She means non-Jews should be able to have a small amount of the good things Jews are wasting. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1095	15:27	i5tt			τὰ κυνάρια	1	See how you translated little dogs in the previous verse.
1096	15:28	tea2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that Jesus did it. Alternate translation: “I will do this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1097	15:28	n229		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἰάθη ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her daughter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1098	15:28	wwq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης	1	Here, from that hour is an idiom that means “at that moment”. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at that moment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1099	15:29	np6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent		0	Matthew is using this verse to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1100	15:30	c8td		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	χωλούς, τυφλούς, κυλλούς, κωφούς	1	Jesus is using the adjectives the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase, as demonstrated in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1101	15:30	yf7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἔρριψαν αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the phrase they laid them at his feet is an idiom meaning “they laid them in front of him”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they laid them in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1102	15:30	gy3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοὺς	1	Here, the word them is referring to the many sick people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1103	15:31	be52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	κωφοὺς & κυλλοὺς & χωλοὺς & τυφλοὺς	1	See the note in the previous verse for how to translate these adjectives. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1104	15:33	uhi3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον?	1	The disciples are using the question form to challenge Jesus. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is certainly no place in the wilderness where we can get enough food to feed this large crowd!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
1105	15:34	k86l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἑπτά	1	The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation, with following comma deleted: “We have seven loaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1106	15:36	a9s4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις	1	Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the disciples were giving them to the crowd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1107	15:38	z66m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	τετρακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες	1	Alternate translation: “four thousand men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1108	15:39	m8dp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Μαγαδάν	1	This region is sometimes called “Magdala.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1109	16:intro	za2k				0	Matthew 16 General Notes Special Concepts in this Chapter Yeast Jesus spoke of the way people thought about God as if it were bread, and he spoke of what people taught about God as if it were the yeast that makes bread dough become larger and the baked bread taste good. He did not want his followers to listen to what the Pharisees and Sadducees taught. This was because if they did listen, they would not understand who God is and how he wants his people to live. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter Metaphor Jesus told his people to obey his commands. He did this by telling them to “follow” him. It is as if he were walking on a path and they were walking after him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Background information Matthew continues his account from chapter 15 in verses 1-20. The account stops in verse 21 so that Matthew can tell the reader that Jesus told his disciples again and again that people would kill him after he arrived in Jerusalem. Then the account continues in verses 22-27 with what happened the first time Jesus told the disciples that he would die. Paradox A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” (Matthew 16:25).
1110	16:1	t7p5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πειράζοντες	1	Here, testing is used in a negative sense. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “challenging him” or “wanting to trap him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1111	16:4	jl3e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς	1	See how you translated this in 12:39. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1112	16:4	fhx6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς	1	Here, adulterous is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. See how you translated this in 12:39. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1113	16:4	d9eq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	2	If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1114	16:4	dep2			εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ	1	See how you translated this in 12:39. Alternate translation: “except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet”
1115	16:5	ii6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ	1	Jesus is using the word translated And to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1116	16:5	si9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τὸ πέραν	1	Matthew is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the opposite shore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1117	16:6	hfz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων	1	Here, yeast is a metaphor that refers to evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate it as yeast here and do not explain its meaning in your translation. This meaning will be made clear in 16:12. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1118	16:8	mg8s			ὀλιγόπιστοι	1	See how you translated this in 6:30.
1119	16:8	zz4i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, ὀλιγόπιστοι, ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε?	1	Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you think it was because you forgot to bring bread that I talked about the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1120	16:9	h5bg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ μνημονεύετε τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους τῶν πεντακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσους κοφίνους ἐλάβετε?	1	Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you remember the five loaves of the 5,000, and how many baskets you gathered up!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1121	16:9	ux51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	τῶν πεντακισχιλίων	1	Alternate translation: “of the five thousand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1122	16:10	ejm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐδὲ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους τῶν τετρακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσας σπυρίδας ἐλάβετε?	1	Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you also remember the seven loaves of the 4,000, and how many baskets you took up!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1123	16:10	b11x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	τῶν τετρακισχιλίων	1	Alternate translation: “of the four thousand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1124	16:11	mb2z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς οὐ νοεῖτε, ὅτι οὐ περὶ ἄρτων εἶπον ὑμῖν?	1	Jesus uses this question to rebuke the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have known that I was not speaking about bread.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1125	16:11	i7x6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων	1	Here, yeast represents evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate as “yeast” here and do not explain the meaning in your translation. In the next verse, Jesus will tell the disciples the meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1126	16:12	f73l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	συνῆκαν	1	The pronoun they refers to the disciples. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the disciples realized” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1127	16:13	e5cm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Jesus is using the word translated Now to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1128	16:13	e1jh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1129	16:16	n5wi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος	1	Son is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1130	16:16	r1h7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος	1	Here, Peter uses the phrase living God to speaking about God as being alive. This is to contrast God, the only true God, with the other gods, who are not real. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the only true God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1131	16:17	yh0s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	μακάριος εἶ, Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ, ὅτι σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν σοι, ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because flesh and blood did not reveal this to you, but my Father in the heavens, you are blessed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1132	16:17	le6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ	1	The word Bar is an Aramaic word which means son. You will need to decide if you will also borrow this word into your language or if you will translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. If you borrow the word, you could spell it the way it sounds in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. Alternative translation: “Simon, the son of Jonah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
1133	16:17	g8s5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν σοι, ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1134	16:17	dfw5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν	1
1135	16:17	wix3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν	1	The pronoun this refers to Peter’s pronouncement in the previous verse about Jesus being “the Christ, the Son of the living God.” It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “did not reveal to you that I am the Christ, the Son of the living God” or “did not give you the knowledge to say this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1136	16:17	v5lw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but my Father in the heavens revealed it to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1137	16:17	gi3l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	Father is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1138	16:18	z897		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	ὅτι σὺ εἶ Πέτρος, καὶ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν	1	Here, Jesus uses the imagery of Peter as a rock. The name Peter means rock. It might be helpful to state this explicitly in your language to make this imagery and wordplay clear to your readers. See how this is demonstrated in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1139	16:18	x43d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν	1	Here, build my church is a metaphor for uniting the people who believe in Jesus into a community. The phrase this rock could represent: (1) Peter himself. Alternate translation: “upon this rock, which is you” or (2) the truth that Peter had just said in 16:16. Alternate translation: “upon what you have said, which is like a foundation of rock” If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1140	16:18	vu9u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πύλαι ᾍδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς	1	Jesus is using the term Hades to mean death. He is using the term gate to mean the power which death has over people. Once a gate is shut, people can no longer leave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the imprisoning power of death will not overpower it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1141	16:19	ysk8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	δώσω σοι	1	Here, you is singular and refers to Peter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1142	16:19	pp5d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰς κλεῖδας τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν; καὶ	1	Here Jesus is using the term keys to refer to someone having authority in God’s kingdom. There is some debate about how much authority Peter is given here. (1) Some interpret the second half of the verse as describing the authority that Peter is given. Alternate translation: “the keys of the kingdom, so that” (2) Some say that Peter is given authority to decide who can and can not live with God forever. Alternate translation: “authority to decide who can come to live with me forever, and” If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1143	16:19	k09j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὰς κλεῖδας	1	Here, keys are things used to unlock a door or gate so that people can enter or exit a place. And keys can also be used to make it so that a door cannot be opened, and people cannot go through it. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1144	16:19	kc3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	See how you translated the kingdom of the heavens in 3:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1145	16:19	ef9c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς; καὶ ὃ ἐὰν λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	Here, bound is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and loosed is a metaphor meaning to allow something. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whatever you forbid to happen on the earth will be forbidden in heaven, and whatever you allow on the earth will be allowed in the heavens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1146	16:19	dy4p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	-1	Jesus is using the phrase in the heavens to mean by God himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by God who is in the heavens … by God who is in the heavens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1147	16:21	yile		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπελθεῖν, καὶ πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, καὶ ἀρχιερέων, καὶ γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	Here, everything that Jesus says will happen to him: that he is to go to Jerusalem, to suffer much from the elders and chief priests and scribes, to be killed, to be raised on the third day, will happen as he said. Make sure this is clear in your language. Alternate translation: “to go to Jerusalem. Then, to suffer much from the elders and the chief priests and the scribes. Then to be killed, and afterwards, to be raised on the third day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1148	16:21	es1l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐγερθῆναι	1	Here, to be raised is an idiom that means that God made Jesus alive again after he died. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be brought back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1149	16:21	r5hj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will raise me on the third day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1150	16:21	jjx5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on day three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1151	16:22	guz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἵλεώς σοι	1	Merciful to you is an idiom that means “May God be merciful to you.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “May God be merciful to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1152	16:23	f28i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ! σκάνδαλον εἶ ἐμοῦ	1	Here, Jesus calls Peter Satan. This is because Peter is behaving as Satan behaved by trying to get Jesus not to obey God. He also calls him a stumbling block, which is a rock which someone might trip over. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are acting like Satan! Get out of my sight! You are like a stumbling block to me, trying to get me to disobey God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1153	16:24	t0zn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	εἴ τις θέλει	1	The word anyone represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “If a person wants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
1154	16:24	ck1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν	1	Here, to come after me is an idiom that means to be Jesus’ disciple. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1155	16:24	pg9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ	1	The cross here represents suffering and death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “be willing to suffer and die for my sake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1156	16:25	tp9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ	1	By using the word whoever, Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “For any person who desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
1157	16:25	y9kc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ἀπολέσει αὐτήν	1	Here, lose it is a polite way to say that God will judge the person who tries to save their own soul. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will forfeit his life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1158	16:25	xz98		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εὑρήσει αὐτήν	1	Here, find it means to obtain life with God forever. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will live with God forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1159	16:26	eqe8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος, ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ?	1	Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not profit him if he forfeits his soul” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1160	16:26	g0xo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπος	1	Jesus is using the phrase a man here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1161	16:26	q7x1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ	1	The phrase the whole world is an exaggeration meaning that the person might gain great riches and fame. Alternate translation: “if he gains everything he desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1162	16:26	eck5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ?	1	Jesus asks this question to emphasize the value of the soul of each person. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is nothing a person can give in exchange for his life” or “No one can give anything in exchange for his life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1163	16:27	iyu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	μέλλει & ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτοῦ & ἀποδώσει	1	Here Jesus refers to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of man, am about … my … I will repay” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1164	16:27	vk5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	Father is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1165	16:28	k2d1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	Here, you is plural and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1166	16:28	wq13		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου	1	The phrase taste death is an idiom which means to experience death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1167	16:28	p1d4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun death by using the verb form. Alternate translation: “who may certainly not die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1168	16:28	b2pb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is using the term coming in his kingdom to mean when Jesus will come to rule over his people forever. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “until they see the Son of Man coming to rule over his people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1169	16:28	etk2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the Son of Man in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1170	17:intro	yb4k				0	Matthew 17 General Notes Special Concepts in this Chapter Elijah The Old Testament prophet Malachi lived many years before Jesus was born. Malachi had said that before the Messiah came a prophet named Elijah would return. Jesus explained that Malachi had been talking about John the Baptist. Jesus said this because John the Baptist had done what Malachi had said that Elijah would do. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) “transfigured” Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Matthew says in this chapter that Jesus’ body shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
1171	17:1	u6dw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ μεθ’ ἡμέρας ἓξ	1	The phrase translated And six days later indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “And six days after these things happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1172	17:2	kq4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μετεμορφώθη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God changed how he looked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1173	17:2	uxg3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν	1	Here, before them is an idiom that means in front of them. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in front of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1174	17:2	i1mp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἔλαμψεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος, τὰ δὲ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο λευκὰ ὡς τὸ φῶς	1	The phrases his face shone like the sun and his garments became brilliant as the light are similes describing Jesus’ appearance when it changed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his face shone very brightly, and his garments were very bright” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1175	17:4	r41c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	Κύριε, καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι	1	By us Peter means himself and the other two disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1176	17:4	d231		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σκηνάς	1	Here, shelters are temporary places where people live. These are not full houses. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1177	17:5	an8j			ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς	1	Here, overshadowed could mean: (1) that the light from the cloud made them invisible to people not on the mountain. Alternate translation: “blocked people's view of them” (2) the cloud descended so that they themselves were inside the cloud. Alternate translation: “enveloped them”
1178	17:5	kc8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης	1	Matthew is using the term voice to mean sounds from God himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the cloud” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1179	17:6	wd76			καὶ ἀκούσαντες, οἱ μαθηταὶ	1	Alternate translation: “And when the disciples heard God speak, they”
1180	17:6	a87e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν	1	Here, fell on their face is an idiom that means that the three disciples fell down with their faces to the ground. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fell down with their faces to the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1181	17:7	iw4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἁψάμενος αὐτῶν εἶπεν, ἐγέρθητε καὶ μὴ φοβεῖσθε	1	It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “having touched them, he told them to get up and to not be afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1182	17:8	i9gt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐδένα εἶδον εἰ μὴ αὐτὸν Ἰησοῦν μόνον	1	If it would in appear your language that Matthew was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “they only saw Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
1183	17:9	y9rq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1
1184	17:12	a4h7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐποίησαν & αὐτῶν	1	The pronouns they and them refer to the religious leaders. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the religious leaders did … the religious leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1185	17:12	i74i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated Son of Man in 17:9. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1186	17:13	cskj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	τότε συνῆκαν οἱ μαθηταὶ ὅτι περὶ Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς	1	Matthew provides this background information to show how the disciples reacted to what Jesus has just said. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1187	17:15	ufb4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν	1	See how you translated have mercy in 15:22. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1188	17:15	hs55		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σεληνιάζεται	1	Here, epileptic is a condition where someone's body moves without their ability to control it. Your language and culture may have a term for this which you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1189	17:17	lyu5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἄπιστος	1	Jesus is using the adjective unbelieving as a noun to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “unbelieving people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1190	17:17	su3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἕως πότε μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1191	17:18	i8kd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐθεραπεύθη ὁ παῖς	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “Jesus” did it. Alternate translation: “Jesus caused the boy to be healed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1192	17:18	h2gc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης	1	Here, from that hour is an idiom that means the boy was healed instantly. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “instantly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1193	17:19	pz9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1	By we, the speaker means himself and the rest of the disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1194	17:19	sz7d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτό	1	The pronoun it refers to the demon which Jesus cast out of the boy. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the demon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1195	17:20	uy78		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως	1	Here, Jesus is comparing the size of a mustard seed with the amount of faith necessary to move a mountain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “if you have even very small faith, like a small seed” or “if you have even a very small amount of faith” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1196	17:20	x48i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative pronoun nothing and the negative word impossible. Alternate translation: “everything will be possible for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1197	17:22	r2cu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Connecting Statement: Jesus is using the word translated Now to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1198	17:22	jzq8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, am about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1199	17:22	ff8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone is about to hand the Son of Man over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1200	17:22	mmk2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων	1	The word hands here is a metonym expressing possession and control. People will hand Jesus over into other people’s possession so that those men will have control over him. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The Son of Man is about to be handed over into the control of men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1201	17:23	hl6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	αὐτόν & ἐγερθήσεται	1	Jesus is continuing to speak about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “me … I will be raised up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1202	17:23	b6g3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “three days afterwards” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1203	17:23	fni4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐγερθήσεται	1	Here, he will be raised up is an idiom that means God will bring Jesus back from being dead. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will be brought back from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1204	17:23	fjac		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐγερθήσεται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1205	17:24	jli6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Connecting Statement: Jesus is using the word translated Now to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1206	17:24	b953		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰ δίδραχμα	1	Here, the two-drachma tax is a tax that people paid to help support the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the two-drachma tax in order to support the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1207	17:24	cths		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	τὰ δίδραχμα	1	A drachma was a coin equivalent to one day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead, you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “two days' wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1208	17:25	yp5h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν	1	Jesus is using the term sons to mean citizens who live within a king’s kingdom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “From their citizens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1209	17:26	u6xx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	οἱ υἱοί	1	See how you translated sons in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
1210	17:27	uhk5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βάλε ἄγκιστρον	1	Fishermen tied a fishhook, a sharp curved object used to catch fish, to the end of a fishing line. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that in a way that people catch fish in your culture. Alternate translation: “go fishing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1211	17:27	t9t8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	στατῆρα	1	A shekel was a silver coin equivalent to four days’ wages. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead, you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “a coin worth four days’ wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1212	17:27	km3v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ	1	Here, you is singular and refers to Peter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1213	18:intro	m4y6				0	Matthew 18 General Notes Special Concepts in this Chapter What should Jesus’ followers do when other followers sin against them? Jesus taught that his followers must treat each other well and not be angry with each other. They should forgive anyone who is sorry for his sin, even if he has committed the same sin before. If he is not sorry for his sin, Jesus’ followers should speak with him alone or in a small group. If he is still not sorry after that, then Jesus’ followers can treat him as though he had been judged to be guilty. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
1214	18:1	f7zv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	Here, At that hour is an idiom that means immediately. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Right then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1215	18:1	pp31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	See how you translated the kingdom of the heavens in 3:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1216	18:3	fs1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative. Alternate translation: “if you turn and become like children, you will certainly enter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1217	18:3	h9w4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the disciples will only enter the kingdom of God if they become like children. Alternate translation: “suppose that you do not turn and become like little children. Then you will never enter the kingdom of the heavens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
1218	18:3	ewj5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία	1	Here, Jesus is comparing the disciples with children. He is saying that unless they become like the child who does not care about being the greatest but obeys Jesus, they will not enter the kingdom of the heavens. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “unless you become humble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1219	18:3	ch9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	See how you translated the kingdom of the heavens in 3:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1220	18:4	ta7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὅστις οὖν ταπεινώσει ἑαυτὸν ὡς τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο	1	Connecting Statement: Here, Jesus continues to compare the disciples with a little child. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “So, he who becomes humble in the same way as this little child is humble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1221	18:4	rw2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὅστις	1	The word whoever represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “if a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
1222	18:4	gf8l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	See how you translated the kingdom of the heavens in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1223	18:5	v4a2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὃς ἐὰν	1	The word whoever represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any person who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
1224	18:5	i9ju		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δέξηται ἓν παιδίον τοιοῦτο	1	Here, the phrase little child is referring to the people who act like a little child, and not to an actual child. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “receives one of those acting like a little child” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1225	18:5	dz1i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Jesus is using the phrase in my name to mean “because he is my disciple.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because he is my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1226	18:6	ghp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα κρεμασθῇ μύλος ὀνικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταποντισθῇ ἐν τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσσης	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that a person might put a millstone around his neck and he might sink into the depths of the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1227	18:6	dxd2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὃς δ’ ἂν σκανδαλίσῃ ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	The word stumble usually refers to someone tripping over an object. Here, stumble is used to refer to someone who sins. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But whoever causes one of these little ones … to stop believing in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1228	18:6	w3uz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μύλος	1	A millstone is a large, heavy, circular stone used for grinding wheat grain into flour. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you could use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1229	18:7	ees6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	Jesus is using the term world to mean the people who live in the world. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1230	18:7	y7vh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῶν σκανδάλων & τὰ σκάνδαλα & τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ δι’ οὗ τὸ σκάνδαλον ἔρχεται	1	A stumbling block is something that causes people to trip and fall. Here, it is referring to people who cause others to sin. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people who cause others to sin … people who cause others to sin … to the person who causes other people to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1231	18:8	vad7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	εἰ δὲ ἡ χείρ σου ἢ ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	Jesus says Now if your hand or your foot causes you to stumble, cut it off and throw {it} away from you here to emphasize the importance of trying to get rid of sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1232	18:8	rios		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σκανδαλίζει σε	1	Here, stumble means to sin. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1233	18:8	gqi3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σου & σε & σοῦ & σοί	1	All occurrences of your and you are singular. Jesus is speaking individually to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1234	18:8	pc4d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1	Here, Jesus says life to refer to eternal life with God in heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “eternal life with God in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1235	18:8	lhk9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἢ δύο χεῖρας ἢ δύο πόδας ἔχοντα, βληθῆναι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “than to have both hands and feet when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1236	18:9	xad4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	καὶ εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	Jesus says And if your eye causes you to stumble, cut it off and throw {it} away from you here to emphasize the importance of trying to get rid of sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1237	18:9	xruf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε	1	Jesus speaks of an eye as if it were able to cause a person to stumble. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if your eye lets you see things that cause you to stumble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1238	18:9	q7tw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σκανδαλίζει σε	1	See how you translated stumble in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1239	18:9	eii2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σου & σε & σοῦ & σοί	1	All occurrences of your and you are singular although Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1240	18:9	m8as		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1	See how you translated life in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1241	18:9	r1ie		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “than to have both eyes when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1242	18:10	qnc6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὁρᾶτε	1	See is an idiom that here means “be sure that.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Be sure that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1243	18:10	e9uf			ἑνὸς τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	See how you translated little ones in 18:6.
1244	18:10	geci		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	μὴ καταφρονήσητε	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative. Alternate translation: “you would treat well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1245	18:10	xdl9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς, διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	Jewish teachers taught that only the most important angels could be in God’s presence. Jesus means that the most important angels speak to God about these little ones. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1246	18:10	y6n9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	Here, always look on the face of my Father is an idiom that means that they are in his presence continually. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are continually in the presence of my Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1247	18:10	iq8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	Father is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1248	18:12	idl5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ?	1	Jesus is using the question form to get the people's attention. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Think about what I am about to say.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1249	18:12	h1vu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τινι ἀνθρώπῳ	1	The phrase a certain man represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
1250	18:12	t5h4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἀφείς τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη, καὶ πορευθεὶς ζητεῖ τὸ πλανώμενον?	1	Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “he would certainly leave the 99 on the hillside and seek the one wandering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1251	18:14	kcy2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	οὕτως οὐκ ἔστιν θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	Here, Jesus is comparing the story of the wander sheep and the rejoicing shepherd with what God thinks when one of his people is wandering from him and is brought back. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In the same way that the shepherd brings back the wandering sheep, so your Father who is in the heavens does not want any of those who are like little children to wander from him and perish eternally” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1252	18:14	usa4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῶν	1	Here, your is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1253	18:14	fmm2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	Father is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1254	18:14	kyw7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	See how you translated in the heavens in 5:16. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1255	18:15	kpe2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	ὁ ἀδελφός σου	1	Here the term brother specifically means fellow believers that are like brothers in a family. If your language uses a different term that is specific in this way, translators should use it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
1256	18:15	uyk4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐὰν δὲ ἁμαρτήσῃ εἰς σὲ ὁ ἀδελφός σου, ὕπαγε ἔλεγξον αὐτὸν μεταξὺ σοῦ καὶ αὐτοῦ μόνου	1	Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain what to do if a fellow believer sins against you. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose a fellow believer sins against you. Then you should go to reprove him privately” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1257	18:15	yh3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐάν σου ἀκούσῃ, ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου	1	Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain the importance of reconciling fellow believers. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose he listens to you. Then you have gained your brother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1258	18:16	i25x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα	1	Here, mouth and word both refer to what a person says. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1259	18:16	oea6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἀκούσῃ, παράλαβε μετὰ σοῦ ἔτι, ἕνα ἢ δύο	1	Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain what to do if someone who sins against you does not listen to you when you tell them that they sinned against you. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose they do not listen. Then you should bring one or two other people with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1260	18:16	xv1w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that two or three witnesses may verify that what you say about your brother is true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1261	18:16	kbrk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	παράλαβε μετὰ σοῦ ἔτι, ἕνα ἢ δύο, ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the first phrase. Alternate translation: “In order that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every accusation might stand, bring one or two people with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1262	18:17	g3aj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐὰν δὲ παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν, εἰπὲ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ. ἐὰν δὲ καὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας παρακούσῃ, ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης	1	Translate the hypothetical phrases if he refuses to listen to them, speak to the church and if he also refuses to listen to the church, let him be to you even as the Gentile and the tax collector the way that you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1263	18:17	kx28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης	1	Here, Jesus is comparing the person who does not listen with a Gentile and a tax collector. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what this means explicitly. Alternate translation: “treat them as you would treat a Gentile or a tax collector who is not a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1264	18:18	so62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ	1	See how you translated the words bind and release in 16:19. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1265	18:19	cal4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐὰν δύο & ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	Here, Jesus implies that he means not only two, but two or more people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if two or more of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1266	18:19	fqu2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γενήσεται αὐτοῖς παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my Father will do it for them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1267	18:19	gs8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	Father is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1268	18:19	i6zu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	See how you translated in the heavens in 5:16 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1269	18:20	l7vu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα	1	Jesus is using the phrase in my name to mean himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because they belong to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1270	18:21	c9ym		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ποσάκις ἁμαρτήσει εἰς ἐμὲ ὁ ἀδελφός μου, καὶ ἀφήσω αὐτῷ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the first phrase describes the reason for the second phrase. Alternate translation: “how often will I forgive my brother because he sinned against me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1271	18:21	e973		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	ὁ ἀδελφός μου	1	Here the term brother specifically means another disciple of Jesus. If your language uses a different term that is specific in this way, translators should use it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
1272	18:22	b19x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά	1	This could mean: (1) 70 times 7. (2) 77 times. Jesus is using this number to mean a number so high that one cannot count. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a very large number used for exaggeration in your language, or you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “more times than you can count” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1273	18:23	rqp1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The phrase the kingdom of the heavens may be compared to introduces a parable. See how you translated a similar parable introduction in 13:24. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1274	18:23	bp72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	συνᾶραι λόγον μετὰ τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ	1	Here, to settle accounts means to look at how much each of his slaves owes him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to figure out how much his debtors owed him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1275	18:24	d6ne		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	προσηνέχθη εἷς αὐτῷ ὀφειλέτης μυρίων ταλάντων	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone brought him a large debtor who owed 10,000 talents to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1276	18:24	w3nr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	μυρίων ταλάντων	1	A talent was worth about a days wage, so 10,000 talents would have been an extremely large amount of money. Jesus used this large amount on purpose to show that it was an unpayable amount of debt. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who owed an unpayable amount of money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1277	18:25	nmz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος πραθῆναι, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ τὰ τέκνα, καὶ πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν, καὶ ἀποδοθῆναι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as demonstrated in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1278	18:26	thl3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	πεσὼν οὖν ὁ δοῦλος προσεκύνει	1	In their culture, bowing down was a sign of honoring someone of more importance than you. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1279	18:26	pbcc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	μακροθύμησον	1	This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please be patient” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1280	18:27	mer0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὸ δάνιον ἀφῆκεν αὐτῷ	1	Here, forgave him his debt is an idiom that means the slave no longer had to pay the debt that he owed the king. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “made it so that the slave did not have to pay his debt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1281	18:28	zyie		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	ἑκατὸν δηνάρια	1	You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “100 days' wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1282	18:29	i21c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	πεσὼν	1	See how you translated this in 18:26. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1283	18:29	kk6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	μακροθύμησον	1	See how you translated Have patience in 18:26. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1284	18:30	t8wb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακὴν	1	Here, he threw him into prison is an idiom that means that he put him in prison. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he put him in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1285	18:31	w9n2			οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “the other slaves”
1286	18:31	nx9k			διεσάφησαν τῷ κυρίῳ ἑαυτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “they told the king”
1287	18:32	txr7			τότε προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “Then the king called the first slave and”
1288	18:33	jw37		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἔδει καὶ σὲ ἐλεῆσαι τὸν σύνδουλόν σου, ὡς κἀγὼ σὲ ἠλέησα?	1	The king uses a question to scold the first slave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have had mercy on your fellow slave, just as I also had mercy on you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1289	18:34	e95u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν	1	Most likely the king himself did not take the first slave to the torturers. Alternate translation: “ordered his slaves to give the wicked slave over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1290	18:34	j7s3			τοῖς βασανισταῖς	1	Alternate translation: “to those who would torture him”
1291	18:34	e14m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ὀφειλόμενον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that the wicked slave owed the king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1292	18:35	pm1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος	1	Father is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1293	18:35	q8p9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν & ἕκαστος & ὑμῶν	1	All occurrences of you and your are plural. Jesus is speaking to his disciples, but this parable teaches a general truth that applies to all believers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1294	18:35	c4fw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν	1	Here, heart is a metonym for a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1295	18:35	mzn6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν	1	The phrase from your heart is an idiom that means “sincerely.” Alternate translation: “sincerely” or “completely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1296	19:intro	ewl5				0	Matthew 19 General Notes Special Concepts in this Chapter Divorce Jesus taught about divorce because the Pharisees wanted people to think Jesus’ teachings about divorce were wrong (19:3-12). Jesus talked about what God had first said about marriage when he created it. Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter Metonymy Jesus often says the word “heaven” when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven (1:12).
1297	19:1	nj6t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	General Information:	0	General Information: Matthew uses this verse to introduce a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1298	19:1	bw17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	The phrase translated when Jesus had finished these words at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “after Jesus said all of these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1299	19:1	c5j9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐτέλεσεν & τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	Here, these words refers to what Jesus taught starting in 18:1. Alternate translation: “had finished teaching these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1300	19:4	ncb6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς	1	Jesus is using the question form to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have certainly read that the one having made them from the beginning made them male and female” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1301	19:5	n8zn			καὶ εἶπεν	1	Here, Jesus quotes a quotation from Genesis 2:23. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and Moses wrote what he said, saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
1302	19:5	xc7a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν?	1	This verse is the second part of the rhetorical question that Jesus began in the previous verse. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1303	19:5	q71w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν?	1	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “and said that on account of this, a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1304	19:5	af1r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will come together with his wife” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1305	19:5	a45k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, he will be joined to his wife is an idiom that could mean (1) a sexual union. Alternate translation: “he will have sexual union with his wife” (2) he will be associated closely with his wife. Alternate translation: “he will live with his wife” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1306	19:5	m83j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν	1	Here, two people, a man and woman, are spoken of as if they can become one person. They do not actually become one person, but are so close to each other that it Is as if they are one person. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the two will become like one flesh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1307	19:5	vs06		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	σάρκα	1	Jesus is using the term flesh to mean body. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1308	19:6	m4b7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ σὰρξ μία	1	See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1309	19:6	gex5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	σὰρξ	1	See how you translated flesh in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1310	19:6	ahoc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπος	1	Although the term man is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “a person” to indicate this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1311	19:7	tv3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τί οὖν Μωϋσῆς ἐνετείλατο δοῦναι βιβλίον ἀποστασίου	1	Moses did not tell the people to divorce their wives, but he gave the men a way to do it if they insisted. This might be confusing to your readers, as it might sound like Moses is telling the people to divorce their wives. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Why did Moses permit us to give a certificate of divorce” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1312	19:7	xml9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	βιβλίον ἀποστασίου	1	A certificate of divorce is a document that legally ends a marriage. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1313	19:8	j6tq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι Μωϋσῆς πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν, ἐπέτρεψεν ὑμῖν ἀπολῦσαι τὰς γυναῖκας ὑμῶν	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Moses permitted you to send away your wives because of your hardness of heart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1314	19:8	zu87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν	1	The phrase hardness of heart is a metaphor that means stubbornness. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Because you are so stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1315	19:8	mgx9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς	1	Jesus is using the phrase from the beginning to mean when God created man and woman. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when God created man and woman,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1316	19:9	eq8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὃς	1	The word whoever represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “a person who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
1317	19:9	i1u0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	ὃς ἂν ἀπολύσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ μὴ ἐπὶ πορνείᾳ, καὶ γαμήσῃ ἄλλην, μοιχᾶται; καὶ ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσας μοιχᾶται	1	If it would in appear your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only if someone divorces his wife because she was sexually immoral does he not commit adultery when he marries another woman” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
1318	19:9	yl3x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	γαμήσῃ ἄλλην	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “marries another woman” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1319	19:9	ps45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	καὶ ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσας μοιχᾶται	1	Many early texts do not include these words. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1320	19:11	h3a3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἷς δέδοται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “the ones to whom God has given it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1321	19:12	m1r9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰσὶν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “there are eunuchs whom men made eunuchs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1322	19:12	g4bw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς	1	This could mean: (1) Jesus is referring to men who have made themselves eunuchs by removing their sexual organs, as represented in the UST. (2) Jesus is referring to men who choose to remain unmarried and sexually pure. Alternate translation: “eunuchs who remain unmarried” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1323	19:12	r78n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	διὰ τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	See how you translated kingdom of the heavens in 3:2. Alternate translation: “in order to serve God, who rules as king from heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1324	19:13	wjb5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	τότε	1	Connecting Statement: Matthew is using the word translated Then to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1325	19:13	wu52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	προσηνέχθησαν αὐτῷ παιδία	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people brought little children to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1326	19:14	m219		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	μὴ κωλύετε	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate the double negative do not forbid. Alternate translation: “allow them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1327	19:14	kifm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἄφετε τὰ παιδία καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτὰ ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	The phrases Permit the little children and do not forbid mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “You should allow the little children to come to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1328	19:14	l1bq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	See how you translated the kingdom of the heavens in 19:12. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1329	19:17	sce3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί με ἐρωτᾷς περὶ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ?	1	Jesus is using the question form to challenge the young man. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not ask me about what is good!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1330	19:17	d4sh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἷς ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαθός	1	When Jesus says One is good, he is referring to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God alone is good” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1331	19:17	d7fd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν	1	Here, to enter into life is an idiom that means to gain eternal life. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to gain eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1332	19:21	zic9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς	1	Jesus is using the adjective poor as a noun to mean poor people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1333	19:21	e4vs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	The phrase treasure in the heavens is a metaphor that refers to the reward of living with God forever. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1334	19:21	ndjb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀκολούθει μοι	1	Jesus is using the term follow me to mean “be one of my disciples.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “be one of my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1335	19:22	ql5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ νεανίσκος τὸν λόγον, ἀπῆλθεν λυπούμενος, ἦν γὰρ ἔχων κτήματα πολλά	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “the young man … had many possessions, so he went away being grieved” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1336	19:23	vh98		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πλούσιος	1	Jesus is using the adjective rich as a noun to mean rich people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “those who are rich” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1337	19:23	ean2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	δυσκόλως εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	See how you translated the kingdom of the heavens in 19:12. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1338	19:24	c8l5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρήματος ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν ἢ πλούσιον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ	1	Jesus says it is easier for a camel to pass through an eye of a needle than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “it would be easier for a large object to pass through a very small hole than for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1339	19:24	dip3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τρήματος ῥαφίδος	1	Here, eye of a needle is referring to the small hole in a needle used for sewing fabric. Your language and culture may have a term for this which you could use in your translation. Or, you can use a general statement. Alternate translation: “a tiny hole” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1340	19:25	x1at		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τίς ἄρα δύναται σωθῆναι?	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “Who then will God save” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1341	19:26	s7ps		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δὲ	1	Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But on the other hand,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1342	19:26	zsp6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώποις	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “people” to indicate this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1343	19:27	yp3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα	1	Peter is using the adjective everything as a noun to mean all of their possessions. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “everything which belongs to us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1344	19:28	j89c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ	1	Jesus is using the phrase in the renewal to mean the time when God will recreate the world without any sin in it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the time when God recreates the world with no sin in it,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1345	19:28	gey2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὅταν καθίσῃ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1346	19:28	sx2j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	καθίσῃ & ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is using the term throne to mean when he is going to rule as king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “rules over the world as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1347	19:28	rx2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	καθήσεσθε καὶ & ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους	1
1348	19:28	ci3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	Jesus is using the term tribes to mean the people who belong to those tribes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who belong to each of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1349	19:29	gq8p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀνόματός	1	Jesus is using the term name to mean his entire person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for my sake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1350	19:29	z8wb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει	1	Here, to inherit eternal life is an idiom that means that God will allow them to live forever with him. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God will allow them to live forever with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1351	19:30	u8p3			πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι & ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι	1	Jesus is using the terms first and last to mean people's importance in the world. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1352	19:30	hnm1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	πολλοὶ δὲ ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “But many whom the world considers most important will be last, and many whom the world considers least important will be first” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1353	20:intro	z39h				0	Matthew 20 General Notes Special Concepts in this Chapter The parable of the landowner and his vineyard Jesus tells this parable (20:1-16) to teach his disciples that what God says is right is different from what people say is right.
1354	20:1	q9qc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὁμοία γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated a similar introduction to a parable in 13:24. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1355	20:2	iwk5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	δηναρίου τὴν ἡμέραν	1	A denarius was a coin equal to a day's wage for a laborer. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “a day's wage” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1356	20:3	s8ha		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	περὶ τρίτην ὥραν	1	Here, the third hour is about 9 o'clock in the morning. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “about 9 o'clock in the morning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1357	20:3	bki1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τρίτην ὥραν	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “at hour three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1358	20:3	q3b7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῇ ἀγορᾷ	1	A marketplace is an outdoor area were people buy and sell food and other goods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the place where people go to buy food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1359	20:5	j3zh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οἱ δὲ ἀπῆλθον	1	The pronoun they refers to the people standing in the marketplace. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “The people who were standing in the marketplace went to the vineyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1360	20:5	pip4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	περὶ ἕκτην καὶ ἐνάτην ὥραν	1	The sixth hour is around noon. The ninth hour is around three in the afternoon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “about noon and three in the afternoon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1361	20:8	wq8c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ ἐπιτρόπῳ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, manager is referring to a worker who told the other workers what to do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his manager, who was in charge of the workers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1362	20:8	x6iv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἕως τῶν πρώτων	1	Here, last and first are referring to the workers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having begun from the workers who came last and then paying the workers who came first” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1363	20:9	gpkg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	δηνάριον	1	See how you translated denarius in 20:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1364	20:10	d2bn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	δηνάριον	1	See how you translated denarius in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1365	20:12	vy87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τοῖς βαστάσασι τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τὸν καύσωνα	1	Here, the ones having borne the burden is an idiom that means those who did the most work. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ones having done the most work for the day in the intense heat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1366	20:13	qbu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ δηναρίου συνεφώνησάς μοι	1	The landowner is using the question form to challenge the workers who are grumbling against him. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You certainly agreed with me for a denarius!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1367	20:15	h3uh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ οὐκ ἔξεστίν μοι, ὃ θέλω ποιῆσαι ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς?	1	The landowner is using the question form to challenge the workers. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is surely lawful for me to do what I desire with my money!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1368	20:15	dus3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρός ἐστιν, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἀγαθός εἰμι?	1	The landowner is using the question form to challenge the workers. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your eye is certainly evil because I am good!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1369	20:16	k5fe			οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι, καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι	1	See how you translated a similar verse in 19:30.
1370	20:16	bhr5			οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι	1	Here the parable has ended and Jesus is speaking. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said, ‘In the same way, the last will be first’”
1371	20:17	b6ia		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀναβαίνων & εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	Jerusalem is on top of a hill, so people had to travel up to get there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “going up the hill to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1372	20:18	nf34		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἀναβαίνομεν	1	Jesus is using the pronoun we to refer to himself and the disciples, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1373	20:18	b2f2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone will hand the Son of Man over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1374	20:18	rbl4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτὸν	1
1375	20:18	s8uh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	θανάτῳ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1376	20:19	rjq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	αὐτὸν & σταυρῶσαι & ἀναστήσεται	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “me … to crucify me … I will be raised up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1377	20:19	a9k5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μαστιγῶσαι	1	Here, to flog is to whip someone as a form of torture. Your language and culture may have a term for this which you could use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1378	20:19	pn84		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “three days later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1379	20:19	kr7a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀναστήσεται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1380	20:20	sx75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	τότε	1	The word translated Then at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “After this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1381	20:21	gvrg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	εἰπὲ	1	This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please tell me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1382	20:21	b8xs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων σου	1	Jesus is using the phrases at your right hand and at your left hand to mean places of power. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “holding in places of power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1383	20:21	i9n6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου	1	Jesus is using the term kingdom to mean when Jesus rules as king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when you rule as a king over the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1384	20:22	gx17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	οὐκ οἴδατε	1	You is plural and refers to the mother and the sons. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1385	20:22	i8nx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	δύνασθε	1	Here, you is plural, but Jesus is only talking to the two sons. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1386	20:22	f9cy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ μέλλω πίνειν	1	Here, to drink the cup that I am about to drink is an idiom that means to suffer as Jesus will suffer. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to suffer in the way that I am about to suffer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1387	20:22	d4rf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	λέγουσιν	1	The pronoun They refers to the son of Zebedee. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “The sons of Zebedee say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1388	20:22	rrl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	δυνάμεθα	1	By We, the sons of Zebedee mean themselves, but not their mother, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1389	20:23	m4d2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὸ μὲν ποτήριόν μου πίεσθε	1	Here, My cup you will drink is an idiom that means they will suffer in the same way that Jesus will suffer. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You will suffer just as I will suffer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1390	20:23	aq1v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	δεξιῶν & εὐωνύμων	1	See how you translated this in 20:21. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1391	20:23	mu7h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’	1	Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1392	20:23	sj51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἷς ἡτοίμασται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “to the ones that God, my Father, prepared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1393	20:23	x5f4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	Father is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1394	20:24	la38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἠγανάκτησαν περὶ τῶν δύο ἀδελφῶν	1	The other ten disciples were angry at the two disciples because they also wanted to be most powerful when Jesus ruled as king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “were very angry with the two because they likewise wanted to be the most important people when Jesus would rule as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1395	20:26	y4qw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’	1	Jesus is comparing what the rulers of the world do with what the disciples should do. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1396	20:27	j3ms		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	εἶναι πρῶτος	1	Jesus is using the adjective first as a noun to mean people who think they are most important. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to be most important” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1397	20:27	u8ea		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἔσται ὑμῶν δοῦλος	1	Jesus is using the term servant to mean a person who takes the humblest position among the Christian community. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will serve all of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1398	20:28	m27d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ	1
1399	20:28	iz71		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “did not come for people to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1400	20:28	c7r9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but he came to serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1401	20:28	fmr2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1402	20:28	zh3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν	1	Jesus’ life being a ransom is a metaphor for his being punished in order to set people free from themselves taking the punishment for their own sins. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to give his life as a substitute to set many free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1403	20:28	zv1p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ	1	Here, to give his life is an idiom that means to die. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1404	20:29	ev2t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐκπορευομένων αὐτῶν	1	The pronoun they refers to Jesus and his disciples. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “as Jesus and his disciples were proceeding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1405	20:30	t577		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	Υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	The blind men are using the term Son to mean Descendent. This is a title for the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Descendent of King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1406	20:33	yb39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Κύριε, ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν.	1	Here, the word opened means made able to see. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Lord, that we might see with our eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1407	20:33	xdgl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν	1	The blind men are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “we desire that our eyes might be opened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1408	21:intro	ni1x				0	Matthew 21 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:5,16 and 42, which is quoted from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter The donkey and the colt Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings. Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there was both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 21:1-7 and Mark 11:1-7 and Luke 19:29-36 and John 12:14-15) Hosanna This is what the people shouted to welcome Jesus into Jerusalem. This word meant “Save us,” but people used it to praise God. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “The kingdom of God will be taken away from you” No one knows for sure what this phrase means. No one knows if Jesus meant that God would someday give the kingdom back or not.
1409	21:1	f8fs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ὅτε	1	Matthew is using the word translated when to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1410	21:1	p3g6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Βηθφαγὴ	1	Bethphage is the name of a village that was near Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1411	21:1	hofl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν	1	The Mount of Olives is the name of a mountain near the city of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1412	21:2	wen2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὄνον δεδεμένην	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a donkey that a person has tied up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1413	21:2	pq2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δεδεμένην	1	The donkey was tied up to a wooden post in the ground. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “tied up to a post” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1414	21:2	ure7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πῶλον	1	Here, a colt is a young donkey. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1415	21:3	o47q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	καὶ ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ τι, ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτῶν χρείαν ἔχει	1	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell his disciples what they should do if it takes place. Alternate translation: “Now suppose someone says something to you. Then you should say, ‘The Lord has need of them’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
1416	21:3	qwvf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτῶν χρείαν ἔχει	1	If your language would not use a second direct quotation inside a first direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you should say that the Lord has need of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1417	21:3	hiro		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	ὁ Κύριος	1	The disciples are to refer to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
1418	21:4	n979		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in 4:14. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1419	21:4	x3up		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	Here, the prophet whom Matthew is speaking about is Zechariah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the prophet Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1420	21:4	inek		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντος	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and this is what he said:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
1421	21:5	whn7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιών	1	The prophet is using the phrase daughter of Zion to mean the people who live in the city of Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who live in the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1422	21:5	e9pw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πῶλον	1	See how you translated colt in 21:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1423	21:5	fx3v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπὶ πῶλον, υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου	1	Here, the colt and the foal of a beast of burden are referring to the same animal. The second phrase is describing more about the colt. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on a colt, which is a foal of a beast of burden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1424	21:5	a6qa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου	1	Here, a foal is the offspring of donkey. A beast of burden is an animal that pulls heavy objects and works. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the offspring of a large working animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1425	21:7	y6en		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὰ ἱμάτια	1	See how you translated “cloak” in 9:20. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1426	21:8	t29s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὄχλος ἔστρωσαν ἑαυτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔκοπτον κλάδους ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων, καὶ ἐστρώννυον ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	The crowd did these things, which are usually done for a king, to show honor to Jesus. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1427	21:9	ky4c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate	ὡσαννὰ & ὡσαννὰ	1	Hosanna is a word borrowed from Hebrew. You will need to decide if you will also borrow this word into your language or if you will translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. If you borrow the word, you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. Alternative translation: “Praise … Praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
1428	21:9	ysb9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ	1	See how you translated Son of David in 20:30. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1429	21:9	q52t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	The people are using the term in the name of the Lord to mean one who comes representing God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “representing God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1430	21:9	g73z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις	1	The people are using the phrase in the highest places to refer to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Hosanna to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1431	21:10	f1ao		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐσείσθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις λέγουσα	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this stirred the whole city, and its people said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1432	21:10	cb4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐσείσθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις	1	Matthew is using the term city to mean the people who live in that city. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who lived in the city were stirred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1433	21:11	nqb2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	Ναζαρὲθ τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1	Here, the possessive form tells the reader that Nazareth is a town in the region of Galilee. Alternate translation: “Nazareth, which is in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1434	21:12	y9j4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰσῆλθεν Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὸ ἱερόν	1	Jesus did not enter the actual temple. He entered the courtyard around the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus entered the courtyard around the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1435	21:12	w7ac		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας	1	Merchants were selling animals and other items so that travelers could buy them and offer the proper sacrifices at the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one buying and selling things for temple sacrifices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1436	21:13	kp7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1437	21:13	q41c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται; ὑμεῖς δὲ αὐτὸν ποιεῖτε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It has been written that God’s temple would be called a place of prayer, but you have made it a den of robbers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1438	21:13	z8gr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ οἶκός μου & κληθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “People will call my house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1439	21:13	n9v8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ οἶκός μου	1	God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to his temple as his house because his presence is there. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1440	21:13	bd8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἶκος προσευχῆς	1	God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to a place where people would pray as a house of prayer. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a place where people can pray to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1441	21:13	c7l3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s den or lair. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves gather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1442	21:14	a2sh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τυφλοὶ καὶ χωλοὶ	1	Matthew is using the adjectives blind and lame as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who were blind and people who were lame” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1443	21:14	aku3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	χωλοὶ	1	See how you translated lame in 11:5. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1444	21:15	hft8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰ θαυμάσια	1	This phrase refers implicitly to Jesus healing the blind and lame people in 21:14. Alternate translation: “the miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1445	21:15	fqr9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate	ὡσαννὰ	1	See how you translated Hosanna* in 21:9. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
1446	21:15	c6k8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ	1	Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “descendant of king David.” However, “Son of David” is also a title for the Messiah, and the children were probably calling Jesus by this title. See how you translated this in 21:9. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1447	21:15	r3bs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἠγανάκτησαν	1	It is implied that they were very angry because they did not believe Jesus was the Christ and they did not want other people praising him. Alternate translation: “they became very angry because people were praising him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1448	21:16	zx4a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἀκούεις τί οὗτοι λέγουσιν?	1	The chief priests and scribes ask this question to rebuke Jesus because they are angry with him. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not allow them to say these things about you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1449	21:16	luy1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ναί οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον?	1	Jesus asks this question to remind the chief priests and scribes of what they had studied in the scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I hear them, but you should remember what you read in the Scriptures, ‘From the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1450	21:16	qa9u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον	1	From the mouths refers to speaking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You caused little children and nursing infants to speak in praise of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1451	21:16	jgu8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον	1	If your language would not use a second direct quotation inside a first direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Have you not read that God said that from the mouths of infants and young children he would prepare praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1452	21:17	hoes		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Βηθανίαν	1	The word Bethany is the name of a village near Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1453	21:18	q488		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Matthew is using the word translated Now to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1454	21:19	l3bi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἦλθεν	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “he came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
1455	21:19	h2la		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐδὲν εὗρεν ἐν αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ φύλλα μόνον	1	If it would in appear your language that Matthew was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “found only leaves on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
1456	21:21	nd3y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν καὶ μὴ διακριθῆτε, οὐ μόνον τὸ τῆς συκῆς ποιήσετε, ἀλλὰ κἂν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, γενήσεται	1	Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain what they could do if they had faith in God. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “suppose you have faith and do not doubt. Then you will not only do what I did to the fig tree, but even if you say to this mountain, ‘Be taken up and be thrown into the sea,’ it will happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
1457	21:21	mwl5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν καὶ μὴ διακριθῆτε	1	Jesus expresses the same idea both positively and negatively to emphasize that this faith must be genuine. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “if you truly believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1458	21:21	zyrx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	μὴ διακριθῆτε	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle not and the negative word doubt. Alternate translation: “believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1459	21:21	r61a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐ μόνον τὸ τῆς συκῆς ποιήσετε	1	The phrase what was of the fig tree is referring to what Jesus did to the fig tree. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will not only be able to do what I did to the fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1460	21:21	jf9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	κἂν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, γενήσεται	1	If your language would not use a second direct quotation inside a first direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you will even be able to tell this mountain to be taken up and be thrown into the sea, and it will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1461	21:21	erml		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν,	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Get up and throw yourself into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1462	21:23	uge9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1	Matthew is using temple to represent the temple courtyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when he had come into the courtyard of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1463	21:23	m6cd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1	Your language may say “gone” rather than come in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “when he had gone into the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
1464	21:23	mtt1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? καὶ τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “who authorized you to do these things, and who authorized you in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1465	21:23	s1w6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ταῦτα ποιεῖς	1	Here, these things refers to Jesus teaching in the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “teach these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1466	21:25	r7ns		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ἐξ οὐρανοῦ	1	In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word heaven to represent God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1467	21:25	th4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐξ ἀνθρώπων	1	Here, Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “people” to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) Alternate translation: “people” or “humans” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1468	21:25	vvt5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ?	1	If your language would not use a second direct quotation inside a first direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “If we say that we believe John received his authority from heaven, then Jesus will ask us why we did not believe John.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1469	21:25	seb0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ	1	The Jewish leaders are describing a hypothetical situation. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say, ‘From heaven.’ Then he will ask, ‘Then why did you not believe him’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
1470	21:25	jmg7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ?	1	Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should have believed John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1471	21:26	zxn4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων,	1	If your language would not use a second direct quotation inside a first direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that we believe John received his authority from men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1472	21:26	iysl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, φοβούμεθα τὸν ὄχλον πάντες γὰρ ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην	1	The religious leaders uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain what would happen if they said that John's authority was from man.. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say ‘from men’. Then we fear the crowd, because they all regard John as a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1473	21:26	vn6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	πάντες γὰρ ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because they all regard John as a prophet, we fear the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1474	21:26	hhrn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πάντες	1	The chief priests and elders say all here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “generally” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1475	21:27	foa7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “who authorized me to do these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1476	21:28	u56n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	τί δὲ ὑμῖν δοκεῖ	1	To the religious leaders, Jesus tells a story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But what do you think about this story I am about to tell you?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1477	21:28	iem2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί δὲ ὑμῖν δοκεῖ?	1	Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should consider what I am about to say!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1478	21:28	y2an		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	προσελθὼν	1	Your language may say “come” rather than gone in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having come to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
1479	21:29	b96z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μεταμεληθεὶς	1	This refers to the son reconsidering his thoughts and deciding to act differently from how he had said he would act. Alternate translation: “having reconsidered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1480	21:29	ub09		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	ὕστερον δὲ	1	The word translated afterward at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “But later, after this,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1481	21:31	ec9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἱ τελῶναι καὶ αἱ πόρναι προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ	1	Jesus is using the phrase the kingdom of God to mean God ruling over people as a king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly as demonstrated in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1482	21:32	a8z8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἦλθεν & Ἰωάννης πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1	Here, you is plural and refers to all the people of Israel, not just the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “John came to all of you people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1483	21:32	n2ve		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of righteousness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “teaching you what is right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1484	21:32	c5t4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ	1	Here, you is plural and refers to the religious leaders, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1485	21:33	nn9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	Connecting Statement:	0	Connecting Statement: To rebuke the religious leaders and illustrate their unbelief, Jesus tells a parable about rebellious servants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1486	21:33	sx2y			οἰκοδεσπότης	1	Alternate translation: “a person who owned a piece of property”
1487	21:33	v39u			φραγμὸν	1	Alternate translation: “a wall” or “a fence made of bushes”
1488	21:33	lg79			ὤρυξεν ἐν αὐτῷ ληνὸν	1	Alternate translation: “dug a hole in the vineyard in which to press the grapes”
1489	21:33	eu7x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς	1	This was an arrangement known as sharecropping. The owner still owned the vineyard, but he allowed the vine growers to take care of it. When the grapes became ripe, they were to give some of them to the owner and keep the rest. Be sure that this is clear in your translation if your readers would not be familiar with this kind of arrangement. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1490	21:33	vp8k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	Jesus likely does not mean that the farmers literally threw the son out of the vineyard. It is unlikely that they actually picked him up and heaved him through the air. Alternate translation: “they seized him and forced him out of the vineyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1491	21:35	n1cq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ	1	The pronoun his refers to the landowner. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the landowner’s servants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1492	21:40	x1ll		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	The word Therefore indicates that what follows is the result of what has happened in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1493	21:41	ss2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λέγουσιν αὐτῷ	1	Matthew does not make specify who answered Jesus, but it seems implicitly from the context that it was the chief priests and elders. Alternate translation: “The chief priests and elders replied to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1494	21:42	z9tm			λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας; παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν	1	Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that God will honor the one whom the religious leaders reject.
1495	21:42	x8zh			Connecting Statement:	0	Connecting Statement: Here Jesus begins to explain the parable of the rebellious servants.
1496	21:42	kk7e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	It is unclear to whom Jesus asks the following question. If you need to make them explicit, use the same audience as you did in 21:41. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1497	21:42	me7g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας; παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν?	1	Jesus uses a question to make his audience think deeply about what this scripture means. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Think about what you have read in the Scriptures, ‘A stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner. This was from the Lord, and it is marvelous in our eyes.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1498	21:42	mcm8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	Jesus is quoting from the Psalms. This is a metaphor that means the religious leaders, like builders, will reject Jesus, but God will make him the most important in his kingdom, like the cornerstone in a building. Since this is a quotation from Scripture, we recommend that you translate the words directly rather than providing a non-figurative explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1499	21:42	uid2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “is now the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1500	21:42	b1sr			παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη	1	Alternate translation: “The Lord has caused this great change”
1501	21:42	el83		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν	1	Here, in our eyes refers to seeing. Alternate translation: “it is wonderful to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1502	21:43	s93a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	λέγω ὑμῖν	1	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I can assure you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1503	21:43	c7pb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	Here, you is plural, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. Jesus was speaking to the religious leaders who had rejected him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1504	21:43	v89z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει	1	Here, kingdom of God refers to God’s rule as king. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will reject you and he will be king over people from other nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1505	21:43	x9nq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take his kingdom away from you and will give it to a nation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1506	21:43	cm2i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ποιοῦντι τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς	1	Here, fruits is a metaphor for “results” or “outcomes.” Alternate translation: “that produces good results” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1507	21:44	r7up		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται	1	Here, this stone is the same stone as in 21:42. This is a metaphor that means the Christ will destroy anyone who rebels against him. Since Jesus is referring here to his earlier quotation from Scripture, we recommend that you translate the words directly rather than providing a non-figurative explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the imagery, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1508	21:44	e7qc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the stone will break into pieces anyone who falls on it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1509	21:45	gh8w			Connecting Statement:	0	Connecting Statement: The religious leaders react to the parable that Jesus told.
1510	21:45	qpy9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	τὰς παραβολὰς αὐτοῦ	1	The pronoun his refers to Jesus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “these parables that Jesus told” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1511	22:intro	k5ze				0	Matthew 22 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verse 44, which is quoted from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter Wedding Feast In the parable of the wedding feast (Matthew 22:1-14), Jesus taught that when God offers to save a person, that person needs to accept the offer. Jesus spoke of life with God as a feast that a king prepared for his son who had just gotten married. In addition, Jesus emphasized that not everyone whom God invites will properly prepare himself to come to the feast. God will throw such people out from the feast. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Implicit information Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When the king in the parable says, “My oxen and fattened calves have been killed” (Matthew 22:4), he assumes that the hearers will understand that those who had killed the animals had also cooked them. Paradox A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seemingly cannot both be true at the same time. To the Jews, ancestors were greater than their descendants. But in one psalm David calls one of his descendants “Lord.” Jesus tells the Jewish leaders that this is a paradox, asking, “If David then calls the Christ ‘Lord,’ how is he David’s son?” (22:45).
1512	22:2	xps3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	See how you translated The kingdom of the heavens is like in 13:24. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1513	22:3	wur1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοὺς κεκλημένους	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that the “king” did it. Alternate translation: “the ones whom the king invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1514	22:4	c7x4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δούλους λέγων, εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις	1	See how you translated the ones who have been invited in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1515	22:4	arqx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	δούλους λέγων, εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις	1	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “servants, commanding them to tell the ones who had been invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1516	22:4	af2a		rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ ἄριστόν μου ἡτοίμακα	1	The king did not kill prepare the dinner himself. The implication is that his servants did that. Alternate translation: “my servants have prepared my dinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1517	22:4	xu4t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “my servants” did it. Alternate translation: “My servants have killed my oxen and fattened calves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1518	22:4	ro9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα	1	Here, have been killed means that they have been both slaughtered and prepared to eat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “My oxen and fattened calves have been prepared to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1519	22:6	hooe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὕβρισαν καὶ ἀπέκτειναν	1	This does not mean that the others both mistreated and killed the same servants. Rather, some of them mistreated some of the servants, while others killed other servants. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “mistreated some of the servants and killed others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1520	22:7	f1da		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ & βασιλεὺς ὠργίσθη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this provoked the king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1521	22:7	la7s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπώλεσεν τοὺς φονεῖς ἐκείνους	1	The king did not kill those murderers himself. The implication is that his soldiers did it. Alternate translation: “his soldiers killed those murderers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1522	22:8	k98u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ & κεκλημένοι	1	See how you translated the ones who had been invited in 22:4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1523	22:10	uva7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πονηρούς τε καὶ ἀγαθούς	1	Jesus is using the adjectives evil and good as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “both evil people and good people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1524	22:10	sjgs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	πάντας οὓς εὗρον, πονηρούς τε καὶ ἀγαθούς	1	Jesus says the words evil and good to show that they invited everyone who was there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all of the people whom they found there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1525	22:10	c6ph		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθη ὁ γάμος ἀνακειμένων	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those reclining to eat filled the wedding hall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1526	22:10	fy3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ὁ γάμος	1	A wedding hall was a large room where weddings were performed. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1527	22:12	c7iy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς εἰσῆλθες ὧδε μὴ ἔχων ἔνδυμα γάμου?	1	The king uses a question to scold the guest. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “you are not wearing proper clothes for a wedding. You should not be here.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1528	22:13	jmp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	τότε	1	The word translated Then at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “After this,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1529	22:13	olin		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	δήσαντες αὐτοῦ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας	1	When the king commands his servants to bind this man foot and hand, this does not mean that he wants them to tie the man’s feet to his hands. Rather, this is an idiom that means to bind his hands together and his feet together. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “After you bind his hands together and his feet together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1530	22:13	rpy8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον	1	See how you translated this in 8:12. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1531	22:13	s9ge		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	See how you translated this in 8:12. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1532	22:14	hy3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πολλοὶ γάρ εἰσιν κλητοὶ, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἐκλεκτοί	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “For God invites many people to be with him forever, but he only chooses a few” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1533	22:14	yz5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	γάρ	1	If the connection between this statement and the previous one is not clear, you may want to use a connecting word to show how this statement relates to what came before it. Use a natural form in your language for connecting this statement to the previous one. Alternate translation: “So in the same way as this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1534	22:15	y826		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	τότε	1	The word translated Then at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “After this,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1535	22:15	u2mj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅπως αὐτὸν παγιδεύσωσιν ἐν λόγῳ	1	Matthew is speaking as if the Pharisees literally wanted to catch Jesus in a trap or entrap him. He means that they wanted to get Jesus to say or do something that would allow them to accuse him of doing wrong. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “how they might cause him to say something that would allow them to accuse him of doing wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1536	22:15	assh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν λόγῳ	1	Matthew is using the term word to mean something that Jesus might say by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by something he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1537	22:16	eae4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτῶν μετὰ τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν	1	The disciples of the Pharisees supported paying taxes only to Jewish authorities. The Herodians supported paying taxes to the Roman government. It is implied that the Pharisees believed that no matter what Jesus said, he would offend one of these groups. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “their disciples, who paid taxes only to the temple, along with the Herodians, who paid taxes to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1538	22:16	rf66		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Ἡρῳδιανῶν	1	Herodians is the name of a group of people who supported the ruler Herod Antipas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1539	22:16	hhne		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	Διδάσκαλε	1	The Pharisees and Herodians are addressing to Jesus by a respectful title. Your language and culture may have a comparable title that you can use in your translation, here and in verse 24. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
1540	22:16	z92l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ἀληθείᾳ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word truth, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “truthfully.” Alternate translation: “truthfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1541	22:16	t2qa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐ & βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων	2	Here, you do not look at the face of men is an idiom that means that before you speak, you do not consider what others might think about what you say. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not worry what others will think of what you have to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1542	22:17	a9by		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Καίσαρι	1	The religious leaders are using the term Caesar to mean the roman government. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1543	22:18	a2ti		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί με πειράζετε, ὑποκριταί?	1	Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You certainly should not test me, you hypocrites!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1544	22:19	cie7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	δηνάριον	1	The denarius was a Roman coin worth one day’s wages. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “a coin worth one day's wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1545	22:20	ue7j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	The pronoun them refers to the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “to the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1546	22:21	eseu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and give to God the things of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1547	22:23	wqg2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	The phrase translated On that day at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened later that same day, after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “Later that same day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1548	22:24	xl5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	Διδάσκαλε, Μωϋσῆς εἶπεν, ἐάν τις ἀποθάνῃ	1	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Teacher, Moses said that if a man dies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1549	22:24	id3b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	ἐπιγαμβρεύσει ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀναστήσει	1	Moses is using a future statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “his brother must marry his wife and must raise up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
1550	22:24	u7dm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σπέρμα	1	The term seed means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If it would help your readers to understand what seed means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “offspring” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1551	22:25	ag5z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ὁ πρῶτος	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1552	22:25	njdt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ὁ πρῶτος	1	Jesus is using the adjective first as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first brother” or “the oldest brother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1553	22:26	r6bq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ὁ δεύτερος & ὁ τρίτος & τῶν ἑπτά	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the next oldest … the next oldest … the youngest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1554	22:26	pnf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὁ δεύτερος & ὁ τρίτος & τῶν ἑπτά	1	The Sadducees are using the adjectives second, third and seventh as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second brother … the third brother … the seventh brother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1555	22:27	t7md		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὕστερον & πάντων	1	The Sadducees are using the adjective all as a noun in order to indicate a particular group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the people. Alternate translation: “all these people we have told you about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1556	22:28	s743		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει	1	The Sadducees did not actually believe that there would be a resurrection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the supposed resurrection” or “when people supposedly rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1557	22:28	mx5z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῶν ἑπτὰ	1	The Sadducees are using the adjective seven as a noun to mean the seven brothers. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1558	22:29	p1ae		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πλανᾶσθε	1	Jesus is speaking as if the Sadducees have literally been led astray or conducted down the wrong path. He means that they have been deceived. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You have been deceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1559	22:29	e2t4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πλανᾶσθε	1	Jesus is saying that they have been led stray specifically about the resurrection. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have been led astray not to believe in the resurrection of the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1560	22:29	xkvg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πλανᾶσθε	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone has led you astray” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1561	22:29	dax6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of power, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “what God is able to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1562	22:30	ygr1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν & τῇ ἀναστάσει	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of resurrection, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when dead people rise back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1563	22:30	uaj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οὔτε γαμοῦσιν & εἰσιν	1	Both uses of the pronoun they refer to men and women in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in your translation. Alternate translation: “men and women neither marry … men and women are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1564	22:30	qkv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὔτε γαμίζονται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “nor do people give their children in marriage” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1565	22:31	foao		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	περὶ δὲ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῶν νεκρῶν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of resurrection, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “But concerning what happens when people who have died become alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1566	22:31	essh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῶν νεκρῶν	1	Jesus is using the adjective dead as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1567	22:31	b9sy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ λέγοντος	1	This is the first part of a rhetorical question that continues into the next verse. Jesus scolds the Sadducees by asking a question. He is not looking for an answer. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know you have read what was spoken to you by God. You know that he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1568	22:31	ljj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God spoke to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1569	22:32	zwbp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ	1	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation, with no comma at the end of verse 31: “that he was the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1570	22:32	t7lv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν & ζώντων	1	Jesus is using the adjective dead and the participle living as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives and participles in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “of dead people … of living people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1571	22:32	qbyp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “he is not the God of the dead, but he is the God of the living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1572	22:35	ud5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν, νομικὸς πειράζων αὐτόν	1	Matthew is using this verse to introduce a lawyer as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Now one of the Sadducees was a lawyer. He asked Jesus a question in order to test him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1573	22:37	xl3e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου	1	The phrases with all your heart, with all your soul and with all your mind mean similar things. Moses, whom Jesus is quoting, may have been using the three phrases together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “completely” or “with your whole being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1574	22:37	g0mt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου	1	Here, heart and soul are metonyms for a person’s inner being. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with all your desires, and with all your feelings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1575	22:38	q8j3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἡ μεγάλη καὶ πρώτη ἐντολή	1	The terms greatest and first mean similar things. Jesus may be using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “very greatest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1576	22:39	xk1k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	δευτέρα	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “a second commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1577	22:40	wpr8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ὅλος ὁ νόμος & καὶ οἱ προφῆται	1	Jesus is two of the main parts of the Scriptures, the Law and the Prophets to mean all of the Scriptures. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all of the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1578	22:40	r9ca		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς, ὅλος ὁ νόμος κρέμαται καὶ οἱ προφῆται	1	Here, Jesus is speaking of the Law and the Prophets as if they were something that a person would hang on the two commandments that he previously mentioned. This means that the Law and the Prophets are summarized by these two laws. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the whole Law and the Prophets are summarized by these two laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1579	22:41	pj4a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Matthew is using the word translated Now to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1580	22:41	foa1		σ rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	υνηγμένων	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having gathered together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1581	22:42	xlf8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	υἱός	1	Jesus is not asking whose literal son the Christ is. Jesus is using the term son to mean “descendant.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1582	22:42	xhwj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τοῦ Δαυείδ	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “He is a son of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1583	22:43	cu3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι καλεῖ Κύριον αὐτὸν	1	Jesus begins to ask a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about the Psalm he is about to quote. The question continues into the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Tell me, then, why David in the Spirit calls him Lord, saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1584	22:43	yu5m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι	1	Here, in the Spirit is an idiom that means that David was prompted by the Holy Spirit to write the quote in the next verse. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “David, prompted by the Spirit,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1585	22:43	ai8c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “when he said this:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
1586	22:44	k3f7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ Κυρίῳ μου	1	Here, Lord refers to the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Lord, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1587	22:44	as2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/ figs-nominaladj	δεξιῶν μου	1	David is using the adjective right as a noun to mean a particular place. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “my right side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1588	22:44	dz2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	To sit at the right side of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1589	22:44	e59n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	Here, to put the Messiah’s enemies under his feet means to make his enemies subordinate to him. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “until I might make your enemies subordinate to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1590	22:45	d8gl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν, Κύριον, πῶς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν?	1	Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “David would not call him ‘Lord’ if he were only his son!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1591	22:46	as3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον	1	Matthew is using the term word to mean something that one of Jesus’ listeners might have said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no one was able to say anything to him in response” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1592	23:intro	m99i				0	Matthew 23 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Hypocrites Jesus calls the Pharisees “hypocrites” many times in verses13–29. He carefully explains why he calls them that. The Pharisees made rules that no one could actually obey, and then they persuaded the ordinary people that they were guilty because they could not obey those rules. Also, the Pharisees obeyed their own rules instead of obeying God’s original commands in the law of Moses. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Name-calling In most cultures, it is wrong to insult people. The Pharisees took many of the words in this chapter as insults. Jesus called them “hypocrites,” “blind guides,” “fools,” and “serpents.” But Jesus used these words not as insults but as warnings that God would surely punish the Pharisees because they were doing wrong. Paradox A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seemingly cannot both be true at the same time. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “He who is greatest among you will be your servant” (23:11-12).
1593	23:1	skq4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	τότε	1	The word translated Then at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “After this,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1594	23:2	dnu3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῆς Μωϋσέως καθέδρας ἐκάθισαν	1	Jesus is using the phrase seat of Moses to mean having the authority that Moses had. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “have the authority that Moses had” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1595	23:4	xce6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά	1	Jesus is speaking as if the Pharisees were literally putting loads, heavy and difficult to carry on people’s shoulders. He means that they are making people try to obey many difficult laws. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express the meaning as a comparison. Alternate translation: “They make you obey many difficult laws as if they were binding up heavy loads and putting them on your shoulders. But they do not obey the same laws, and so it is as if they are not helping to carry those loads” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1596	23:5	nw4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order for men to see them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1597	23:5	eqai		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “by people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1598	23:5	gcv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	φυλακτήρια	1	The term phylacteries describes small leather boxes containing papers with scriptures written on them. If it would be helpful, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “devotional boxes containing scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1599	23:5	h2qj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὰ κράσπεδα	1	Here, tassels refers to decorative fringes that Jewish men would attach to the hems of their robes to show that they were devoted to God. Your language and culture may have a term for this igdm that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1600	23:7	cbe8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Ῥαββεί	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to have men call them ‘Rabbi’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1601	23:7	a7pj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	See how you translated men in 23:5. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1602	23:8	uk5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑμεῖς δὲ μὴ κληθῆτε	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But you should not have people call you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1603	23:8	wjmr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὑμεῖς δὲ μὴ κληθῆτε Ῥαββεί; εἷς γάρ ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ καθηγητὴς, πάντες δὲ ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since your teacher is one, and since you are all brothers, you should not be called ‘Rabbi’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1604	23:8	uqwi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	εἷς & ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ καθηγητὴς	1	Jesus is using the adjective one as a noun to mean one person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “one person is your teacher” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1605	23:8	s5du		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε	1	Here, Jesus says brothers to be mean fellow believers. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are all fellow believers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1606	23:9	xcou		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	Πατέρα μὴ καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς; εἷς γάρ ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since you have one heavenly father, you should not call any of you on the earth ‘father’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1607	23:9	l33f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	Πατέρα μὴ καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς;	1	Jesus says you should not call any of you on the earth ‘father’ here as a generalization for emphasis. He is not saying that you cannot call your biological father ‘father’, but he is saying that you cannot use father as a title to honor someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “you should not call someone ‘father’ as a title to honor him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1608	23:9	kcrt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	εἷς & ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος	1	See how you translated one in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “one person is your heavenly Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1609	23:9	any8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος	1	Father is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1610	23:10	q59s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	μηδὲ κληθῆτε Καθηγηταί; ὅτι καθηγητὴς ὑμῶν ἐστιν εἷς, ὁ Χριστός	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “since your teacher is one, the Christ, you should not be called ‘teacher’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1611	23:10	b8ua		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μηδὲ κληθῆτε	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you should not have people call you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1612	23:10	lp5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	καθηγητὴς ὑμῶν ἐστιν εἷς, ὁ Χριστός	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, am your only teacher” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1613	23:11	d62b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὁ & μείζων	1	Jesus is using the adjective greatest as a noun to mean the greatest person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the greatest person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1614	23:11	d9xw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῶν	1	Here, you is plural and refers to Jesus’ followers, so use the plural form of “you” if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1615	23:12	e81r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ταπεινωθήσεται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “God will humble him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1616	23:12	uz88		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑψωθήσεται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “God will exalt him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1617	23:13	ts6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅτι κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων; ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε εἰσελθεῖν.	1	Jesus speaks of the kingdom of the heavens as if it were a house, the door into which the Pharisees have shut from the outside so that neither they nor anyone else can enter the house. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “For you have made it so that men cannot live with God forever in the kingdom of the heavens. For neither you will live there, nor will you let anyone else live there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1618	23:13	zpfe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐαὶ δὲ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί! ὅτι κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since you have shut the kingdom of the heavens before men, woe to you, scribes and Pharisees!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1619	23:13	qjt2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὅτι κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	The words kingdom of the heavens refers to God's rule as king from heaven. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “For you have not allowed people to become people over whom God rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1620	23:13	lhem		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “people”
1621	23:14	onan		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants		0	Some ancient manuscripts include the first part of verse 14. Other ancient manuscripts add that sentence after verse 12. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1622	23:15	xo45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν	1	Jesus is describing the earth by naming its two main components. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the entire earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1623	23:15	iyl7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ποιῆσαι ἕνα προσήλυτον	1	Here, to make one a proselyte means to convince a non-Jewish person to begin practicing the Jewish religion. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to convince a non-Jewish person to practice the Jewish religion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1624	23:15	bq91		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	υἱὸν Γεέννης	1	The expression son of figuratively describes a person who shares the qualities of something. Here, a son of Gehenna means a person who is evil and whom God will judge in hell. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “an evil person whom God will judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1625	23:15	ervf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Γεέννης	1	See how you translated Gehenna in 5:30. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1626	23:16	r5k3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοὶ	1	See how you translated blind guides in 15:14. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1627	23:16	bqal		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃς ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ ναῷ	1	When a person swears by something, he is calling it to be a witness to the oath that he is making. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Whoever calls the temple to be a witness to his oath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1628	23:16	fjic		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐδέν ἐστιν	1	Here, it is nothing means that he is not bound to keep his oath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he is not bound to the oath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1629	23:17	j71q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί	1	Jesus is using the adjectives foolish and blind as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases, here and in verse 19. Alternate translation: “You foolish and blind people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1630	23:17	s7a8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τυφλοί	1	Jesus is speaking of the scribes and Pharisees as if they were literally blind. He means that they are not able to recognize something in the moral realm that should be obvious. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “morally obtuse” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1631	23:17	f9zd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς γὰρ μείζων ἐστίν, ὁ χρυσὸς ἢ ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν?	1	Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Certainly the gold is not greater than the temple that sanctifies the gold!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1632	23:18	t7p1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐδέν ἐστιν	1	See how you translated it is nothing in 23:16. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1633	23:18	ngd2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ δώρῳ	1	Here, gift is referring to an offering that is sacrificed to God on the altar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sacrifice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1634	23:19	g7qr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ μεῖζον, τὸ δῶρον, ἢ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον?	1	Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “For the gift is certainly not greater than the alter sanctifying the gift!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1635	23:19	bb34		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τυφλοί	1	See how you translated blind in 23:17. Alternate translation: “morally obtuse” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1636	23:19	fl4o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τὸ δῶρον & τὸ δῶρον	1	See how you translated the gift in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1637	23:21	m21b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ κατοικοῦντι αὐτόν	1	Here, the one inhabiting it is referring to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who is inhabiting it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1638	23:22	ejw9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ	1	As in the previous verse, this refers to God the Father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1639	23:23	lg3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐαὶ ὑμῖν & ὑποκριταί!	1	See how you translated this in 11:21. Alternate translation: “How terrible it will be for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1640	23:23	n94y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον, καὶ τὸ κύμινον	1	These are various leaves and seeds people used to make food taste good. If your readers would not be familiar with them, in your translation you could use the name of comparable seasonings in your culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “herbs and spices” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1641	23:23	es4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τὰ βαρύτερα	1	Jesus is using the adjective weightier as a noun to mean certain aspects of the law. ULT adds the word matters to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the weightier commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1642	23:23	c8bb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ βαρύτερα	1	Jesus is speaking as if the more important commandments in the law were literally weightier or heavier than the others. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the more important commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1643	23:23	m32j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ταῦτα & κἀκεῖνα	1	By these, Jesus means the commandments he has just mentioned, and by those, the means the ones he mentioned earlier. Your language may have its own way of indicating this distinction. Alternate translation: “the latter … and the former” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1644	23:23	nn6q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	κἀκεῖνα μὴ ἀφιέναι	1	If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative not … neglect, you can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “while also obeying the less important laws” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1645	23:24	y84y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοί!	1	See how you translated You blind guides in 15:14. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1646	23:24	l7fh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα τὴν δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες!	1	Jesus is speaking as if the scribes and Pharisees were literally straining out a tiny gnat if they found one in a drink but swallowing a large camel whole. He means that they are being careful to follow the less important laws but ignoring the more important laws. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are carefully following the less important laws but ignoring the more important laws” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1647	23:24	whk2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κώνωπα	1	A gnat is a tiny flying insect. If your readers would not be familiar with what a gnat is, in your translation you could use the name of a comparable insect in your area, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a tiny insect” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1648	23:24	g87t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	τὴν & κάμηλον	1	A camel is a large mammal that people in this culture would ride and use to carry loads. If your readers would not be familiar with what a camel is, in your translation you could use the name of a comparable beast of burden in your area, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a large beast of burden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1649	23:25	ru45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅτι καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας	1	Here, cleaning the outside of the cup and of the plate represents the Pharisees acting in such a way that people will consider them holy. When Jesus says inside they are full of greed and self-indulgence, he is referring the inward desires of the Pharisees. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You try to make yourselves appear righteous by doing good deeds, but in your inner being, you are greedy and self-indulgent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1650	23:26	lb5j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ	1	Jesus is not referring to a specific Pharisee. He is referring to every Pharisee who acts in the way he has described. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You blind Pharisees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
1651	23:26	eoor		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τυφλέ	1	See how you translated blind in 23:17. Alternate translation: “morally obtuse” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1652	23:26	f9p8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καθάρισον πρῶτον τὸ ἐντὸς τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἵνα γένηται καὶ τὸ ἐκτὸς αὐτῶν καθαρόν	1	See how you translated inside of the cup and of the plate and outside in in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “First make sure your inward being is righteous, and then you will genuinely appear righteous on the outside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1653	23:27	kry1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	παρομοιάζετε τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις & ἀκαθαρσίας	1	Here, Jesus is comparing the scribes and Pharisees with whitewashed tombs. Jesus states the plain meaning in the next verse, so you do not need to do that here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
1654	23:27	ta1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις	1	The Jews would paint tombs white so that they would appear beautiful to people who passed by them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “tombs that someone has painted white” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1655	23:29	tse6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῶν δικαίων	1	Jesus is using the adjective righteous as a noun to mean people who are righteous. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of righteous people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1656	23:30	f0hs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ λέγετε, εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, οὐκ ἂν ἤμεθα κοινωνοὶ αὐτῶν ἐν τῷ αἵματι τῶν προφητῶν	1	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “You also say that if you had been in the days of your fathers, you would not have been partners with them in the blood of the prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1657	23:30	kkf2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν	1	Jesus is using the term fathers to mean “ancestors.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1658	23:30	x99m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῷ αἵματι	1	Jesus is using the word **blood ** to mean “death” by association. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1659	23:31	l7rl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	υἱοί ἐστε τῶν φονευσάντων	1	Jesus may be using the term sons to mean descendants. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are the descendants of the ones having killed” or see next note for another possibility. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1660	23:31	eale		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	υἱοί ἐστε τῶν φονευσάντων	1	Jesus may also be using the expression sons of to describe people who share the qualities of something. He would be saying that the scribes and Pharisees share the quality of resistance to God that led their ancestors to kill the prophets. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are resistant to God just like your ancestors, who killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1661	23:32	bpz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν	1	Jesus is speaking as if he wants the scribes and Pharisees literally to fill up a measure of a certain amount. This represents them completing the wicked behavior that their ancestors began when they killed the prophets. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Now you finish the sins your ancestors began when they killed the prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1662	23:32	hmsh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν	1	The implication is that the scribes and Pharisees would fill up the measure of their fathers by killing the greatest prophet of all, the Messiah. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Now, by killing the Messiah, finish the sins your ancestors began when they killed the prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1663	23:32	vhes		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν	1	Even though Jesus is using an imperative form, he does not actually want the Pharisees to fill up the measure of their fathers by killing him, the Messiah. If they did that, they would not be obeying a command from him. Instead, Jesus is using a figure of speech in which he says the opposite of what he means. He does that in order to warn the scribes and Pharisees about where their attitude and behavior will lead if they do not change those things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You should be very concerned, because if you do not stop resisting God, you will finish the sins of your ancestors by killing the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
1664	23:33	va5c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	The terms serpents and vipers mean similar things. Both are names of poisonous snakes. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single expression. Alternate translation: “poisonous snakes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1665	23:33	cfj3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	Jesus is speaking of the scribes and Pharisees as if they were literally serpents and offspring of vipers. He means that they are evil. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You evil people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1666	23:33	blv6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	The expression offspring of figuratively describes a person who shares the qualities of something. In this case, vipers represent evil or harmful people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you who are harmful like vipers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1667	23:33	vi6c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς φύγητε ἀπὸ τῆς κρίσεως τῆς Γεέννης?	1	Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You will certainly not escape from the judgment of Gehenna” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1668	23:33	u1ju		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Γεέννης	1	See how you translated Gehenna in 5:30. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1669	23:35	l7ya		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔλθῃ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς	1	Jesus is speaking as if the blood of righteous people would literally come upon the scribes and Pharisees. He means that God would consider them guilty of shedding this blood. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God might consider you guilty for shedding” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1670	23:35	h5n7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	αἷμα δίκαιον ἐκχυννόμενον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς & τοῦ αἵματος & τοῦ αἵματος	1	Jesus is using the word blood to mean murder by association. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the guilt for all of the murders of righteous people on the earth … the murder … the murder” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1671	23:35	espy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	αἷμα δίκαιον	1	Jesus is speaking by association as if the blood of righteous people were righteous itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the blood of righteous people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1672	23:35	z95g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος Ἂβελ τοῦ δικαίου, ἕως τοῦ αἵματος Ζαχαρίου, ὃν ἐφονεύσατε μεταξὺ τοῦ ναοῦ καὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου	1	Abel was the first righteous victim of murder and Zechariah, who was murdered by Jews in the temple, was the last righteous person whose murder was recorded in the Hebrew Scriptures in the order in which the Jews of this time likely read them. Jesus is using these first and last men to represent all the righteous people who have been murdered. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all throughout human history” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1673	23:35	s11l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὃν ἐφονεύσατε	1	By using the term you, Jesus is speaking as if the scribes and Pharisees he is addressing had killed Zechariah, but he means by association that their ancestors killed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whom your ancestors killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1674	23:37	xuj1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ, ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα	1	Jesus is using the term Jerusalem to mean the people who live in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “People of Jerusalem, the ones killing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1675	23:37	vne9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Jesus is figuratively addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Jerusalem, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. If it would be more natural in your language, you could show in your translation that Jesus is talking about Jerusalem rather than to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “I am very upset with the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
1676	23:37	tz4r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “the ones whom God sent to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1677	23:37	t9y7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ τέκνα σου	1	Jesus is speaking as if Jerusalem had children. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who live in you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1678	23:37	xv4t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις ἐπισυνάγει τὰ νοσσία αὐτῆς ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας	1	The point of this comparison is that Jesus wishes he could comfort and protect the people of Jerusalem, just as a hen does that for her chicks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “the way a hen gathers her chicks under her wings to comfort and protect them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1679	23:37	as8p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ὄρνις	1	A hen is a female chicken. You could translate this with the name of a bird familiar in your culture that protects her chicks under her wing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1680	23:38	e5sh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος	1	Jesus is using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “your house will be left to you desolate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
1681	23:38	ck2z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	Jesus is speaking of the city of Jerusalem as if it were a house in which its people lived. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1682	23:39	ig61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου!	1	See how you translated in the name of in 21:9. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1683	24:intro	h2a2				0	Matthew 24 General Notes Structure and formatting In this chapter, Jesus begins to prophesy about the future from that time until he returns as king of everything. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) Special concepts in this chapter “The end of the age” In this chapter, Jesus gives an answer to his disciples when they ask how they will know when he will come again. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]]) The example of Noah In the time of Noah, God sent a great flood to punish people for their sins. He warned them many times about this coming flood, but it actually began suddenly. In this chapter, Jesus draws a comparison between that flood and the last days. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) Important translation issues in this chapter “Let” The ULT uses this word to begin several commands of Jesus, such as “let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains” (24:16), “let him who is on the housetop not go down to take anything out of his house” (24:17), and “let him who is in the field not return to take his cloak” (24:18). There are many different ways to form a command. Translators may select the most natural ways in their own languages. “The one” Several times in this chapter, Jesus speaks of “the one” who does a certain thing. (Matthew himself uses that phrase in verse 15.) This phrase does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone who performs the action that it names. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. For example, in verse 13, Jesus says that “the one having endured to the end, he will be saved.” You might say that “whoever endures to the end will be saved.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
1684	24:1	ke79		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1	Here, temple is referring to the courtyard around the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in your translation. Alternate translation: “from the courtyard of the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1685	24:2	mh5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐ βλέπετε ταῦτα πάντα	1	Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Certainly you see all of these things!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1686	24:2	ecdz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Your enemies will not leave one stone upon another here, but will tear them down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1687	24:3	e1is		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῆς σῆς παρουσίας, καὶ συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος	1	Here, your coming refers to when Jesus will come in power, establishing God’s reign on earth and bringing this age to an end. Alternate translation: “that you are about to come and reign in power and that the world is about to end” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1688	24:3	uf7g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καθημένου & αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ὄρους τῶν Ἐλαιῶν, προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ	1	Here, the pronouns he and him refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “as Jesus was sitting on the Mount of Olives, the disciples approached Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1689	24:3	pudy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ κατ’ ἰδίαν λέγοντες, εἰπὲ ἡμῖν πότε ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον τῆς σῆς παρουσίας, καὶ συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος?	1	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “the disciples came to him by themselves asked Jesus to tell them when these things would be and what would be the sign of his coming and the end of the age” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1690	24:4	s64s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	βλέπετε μή τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 22:29. Alternate translation: “Be careful that no one deceives you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1691	24:4-5	q6q1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	βλέπετε μή τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ.\nπολλοὶ γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Χριστός; καὶ πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since many will come in my name saying, ‘I am the Christ,’ and will lead many astray, you ought to be careful not to be led astray” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1692	24:5	w7i0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Χριστός; καὶ πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν	1	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For many will come in my name saying that they are the Christ, and they will lead many people astray” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1693	24:5	lq71		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Here, Jesus uses the word name to mean identity. The people he is talking about will likely not say that their name is Jesus, they will claim to be the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1694	24:5	twh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πλανήσουσιν	1	See how you translated the similar expression in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1695	24:6	pgdl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μελλήσετε & ἀκούειν πολέμους, καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων	1	This probably means implicitly that the disciples will hear about wars that are definitely happening and about wars that may be happening (reports of wars). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “you are going to hear about wars that are definitely happening and about wars that may be happening” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1696	24:6	hdz3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁρᾶτε, μὴ θροεῖσθε	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Do not let these things trouble you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1697	24:6	fvq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τὸ τέλος	1	Here, the end implicitly means “the end of the world.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as the UST models. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1698	24:7	ygf2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐγερθήσεται γὰρ ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these two phrases into one phrase. Alternate translation: “Different groups of people will attack each other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1699	24:7	xuow		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐγερθήσεται & ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	Here, nation and kingdom represent the people who live within them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of one nation will rise up against the people of another nation, and the people of one kingdom against the people of another kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1700	24:7	tc4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ἐγερθήσεται & ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	The word kingdom represents kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom. The word nation represents nations in general, not one particular nation. Alternate translation: “some nations will attack other nations, and some kingdoms will attack other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
1701	24:7	fmy4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐγερθήσεται & ἐπὶ	1	The phrase rise against is an idiom that means to attack. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “will attack” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1702	24:7	xo7r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “kingdom will rise up against kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1703	24:8	cnrt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντα δὲ ταῦτα	1	Here, all these things refers to the things that Jesus has said will happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “These things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1704	24:8	q4gl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων	1	Jesus uses the image of birth pains to indicate that in the same way that the pain of childbirth is eventually replaced by joy when the child is born, so the suffering that is experienced by true believers will eventually be replaced by joy when Christ returns. Because childbirth occurs in all cultures, you may wish to retain this metaphor in your translation. You could express it as a simile if your language would not say directly that these things are birth pangs. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to give birth to a child” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1705	24:9	uw1i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	See how you translated nations in 24:7. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1706	24:9	nsh3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People from every nation will hate you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1707	24:9	u2bd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	See how you translated my name in 24:5 Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1708	24:10	kvbw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σκανδαλισθήσονται πολλοὶ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “these hardships will cause many people to stumble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1709	24:10	a4yg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σκανδαλισθήσονται πολλοὶ	1	Here, to stumble means to stop believing in God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “many people will stop believing in God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1710	24:11	fo6o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐγερθήσονται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will rise up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1711	24:11	mi2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐγερθήσονται	1	Here, will be raised up is an idiom that means “will come.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1712	24:11	tjb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολλούς	1	See how you translated lead … astray in 24:4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1713	24:12	ohq1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “lawlessness will increase” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1714	24:12	w4af		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of lawlessness, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “people will commit more lawless deeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1715	24:12	bu9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν	1	Jesus is speaking as if the love of many would literally grow cold. This could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “many people will no longer love other people” (2) Alternate translation: “many people will no longer love God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1716	24:13	v3ex		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται	1	See how you translated But the one having endured to the end, he will be saved in 10:22. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1717	24:13	sheo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος	1	As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, the phrase the one does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone who performs the action described. Here and in the other instances of the phrase in this chapter, express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
1718	24:14	x3e6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that his disciples will do it. Alternate translation: “my disciples will preach this gospel of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1719	24:14	opuo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας	1	Here, kingdom refers to God’s rule as king. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of kingdom, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the message about how God rules as a king over his people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1720	24:14	y65s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1	See how you translated nations in 24:7. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1721	24:15	mf1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “about which Daniel the prophet spoke” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1722	24:15	lhas		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως	1	The phrase the abomination of desolation is found in Daniel 9:27, Daniel 11:31, and Daniel 12:11. Jesus’ audience would have been familiar with those passages, which prophesy about the abomination defiling the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1723	24:15	lz9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω	1	The phrase Let the one reading understand is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to get his readers to pay attention to this warning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show that this is not part of Jesus’ direct speech by not enclosing it within quotation marks or in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1724	24:17	iv2j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι τὰ ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ	1	Where Jesus lived, the tops of houses were flat. People would eat and do other activities on top of their houses. Jesus assumes that his hearers know this and that they know that the roofs were accessed by an exterior staircase at the back of the house, distant from the entry at the front. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the person who is on top of his roof should escape immediately by the back stairway and not enter his house to get anything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1725	24:18	a6c2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ὁ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω ὀπίσω ἆραι τὸ ἱμάτιον αὐτοῦ	1	People in Jesus' time often walked from their towns to the field that they worked in during the day. Jesus is saying that when they see the abomination of desolation, they should not return to their town to get their cloak, but should flee from the field that they are working in. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “let the one working the field not return to his town to get his cloak before fleeing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1726	24:18	duz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸ ἱμάτιον	1	See how you translated cloak in 5:40. See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1727	24:19	kq12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις	1	The phrase having in the womb is an idiom that refers to women who are expecting babies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1728	24:19	piql		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ταῖς θηλαζούσαις	1	This does not mean babies who are nursing but women who are nursing babies (providing their milk for them). If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “mothers who are nursing their babies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1729	24:19	f533		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	Jesus is using the term days to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1730	24:20	u4jb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μὴ γένηται ἡ φυγὴ ὑμῶν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of flight, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “you would not have to flee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1731	24:20	m6mx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	χειμῶνος	1	In the location to which Jesus is referring, winter is the time of year when it is cold and travel is difficult. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a term for a season in which it would be difficult to travel or you could translate winter with a general expression. Alternate translation: “in the rainy season” or “in the cold season” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1732	24:22	ndr9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰ μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ & κολοβωθήσονται αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “If God had not shortened those days, then he would have saved no flesh … he will shorten those days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1733	24:22	f692		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	εἰ μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ	1	Jesus is using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “if God were not going to shorten those days, no flesh would be saved” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
1734	24:22	vd3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	εἰ μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle not and the word shortened. Alternate translation: “if those days had continued” or “if God had allowed those days to continue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1735	24:22	r9qw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	σάρξ	1	See how you translated flesh in 16:17. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1736	24:23	avm2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε ὁ Χριστός, ἤ ὧδε, μὴ πιστεύσητε	1	Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain what his disciples should do if someone claims that they have found the Messiah. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone says to you, ‘Behold, here {is} the Christ!’ or, ‘Here!’ Then you should not believe it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1737	24:24	s3te		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐγερθήσονται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will arise” or “will become powerful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1738	24:24	nx14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	σημεῖα μεγάλα καὶ τέρατα	1	The terms signs and wonders mean similar things. Jesus may be using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “great miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1739	24:24	n744		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πλανῆσαι	1	See how you translated lead astray in 24:5. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1740	24:24	y0ub		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς	1	See how you translated the phrase the elect in 24:22. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1741	24:26	fmx1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἐὰν & εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐστίν, μὴ ἐξέλθητε	1	You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “if someone tells you that the Christ is in the wilderness, do not go out there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1742	24:26	zxg2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἰδοὺ, ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις	1	You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Or, if someone tells you that the Christ is in the inner rooms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1743	24:27	j1w1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The point of this comparison is that just as lightning flashes across the whole sky and so is obvious to see, so the Son of Man will be obvious to see when he returns. He will not be out “in the wilderness” or “in the inner rooms,” as Jesus says in verse 25 that some will claim. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “so the coming of the Son of Man will be obvious to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1744	24:27	za8b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “in the same way I, the Son of Man, will come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1745	24:28	mu35		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ὅπου ἐὰν ᾖ τὸ πτῶμα, ἐκεῖ συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί	1	This is probably a proverb that the people of Jesus’ time understood. This could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “When the Son of Man comes, everyone will see him and know that he has come” (2) Alternate translation: “Wherever spiritually dead people are, false prophets will be there to tell them lies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
1746	24:28	fo7o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the vultures will gather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1747	24:28	ivl8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	οἱ ἀετοί	1	The word vultures describes large birds that eat the bodies of dead or dying animals. If your readers would not be familiar with what a vulture is, in your translation you could use the name of a comparable scavenger bird in your area, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the scavenger birds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1748	24:29	zmm6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων	1	Jesus is using the term days to refer to a specific time. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that time of tribulation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1749	24:29	zuk4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will make the sun dark” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1750	24:29	w1bi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αἱ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will shake the powers of the heavens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1751	24:30	yc2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	φανήσεται τὸ σημεῖον τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “the sign of me, the Son of Man, will appear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1752	24:31	fl54			ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ μετὰ σάλπιγγος μεγάλης	1	Your language may need to say who will make this sound of a trumpet. That could be the Son of Man himself or an angel. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man will sound a trumpet and send his angels” or “God will have an angel blow a trumpet, and he will send his angels”
1753	24:31	rlb4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ & αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I will send my angels … my” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1754	24:31	ibw7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express, which is how far the angels will go to gather the elect. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “from all over the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1755	24:31	wp9t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων	1	This expression means “from every direction from which the wind blows,” envisioning the four primary directions of north, south, east, and west. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this in plain language. Alternate translation: “from every part of the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1756	24:33	cu5a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἐγγύς ἐστιν	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I am near” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1757	24:33	cfz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ θύραις	1	Jesus is speaking of himself as if he were a king or important official getting close to the gates of a walled city. He means that he would be just about to return to earth. Alternate translation: “about to return to earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1758	24:34	gld5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη	1	Here, pass away is a polite way of saying “die.” Alternate translation: “this generation will not all die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1759	24:34	y73t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη	1	This could refer implicitly to: (1) the people alive when Jesus was speaking. (2) all the people who will be alive when these things happen that Jesus has just described. Try to translate so that both interpretations are possible. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1760	24:34	r6sk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle not and the negative verb pass away. Alternate translation: “will certainly remain alive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1761	24:34	fb4k			ἕως ἂν πάντα ταῦτα γένηται	1	Alternate translation: “until God causes all these things to happen”
1762	24:35	i8vv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσεται	1	Jesus is using the two main components of creation, heaven and earth, to mean all of creation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in plain language. Alternate translation: “All of creation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1763	24:35	e6bf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἱ & λόγοι μου	1	Jesus is using the term words to mean the things he has said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the things I have said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1764	24:36	q4pj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας	1	The terms day and hour mean similar things. Jesus may be using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “that specific time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1765	24:36	vico		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας	1	By that day and hour, Jesus means implicitly the time when he will return. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that day and hour when I will return” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1766	24:36	n0f2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐδεὶς οἶδεν, οὐδὲ οἱ ἄγγελοι τῶν οὐρανῶν, οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατὴρ μόνος	1	If it would in appear your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Father knows, not the angels in heaven, nor the Son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
1767	24:36	wq5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῶν οὐρανῶν	1	Here, the heavens refers implicitly to the place where God lives. It does not refer to the sky. Be sure that this is clear in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1768	24:36	p5vu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός & ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Son and Father are important titles that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1769	24:36	espb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱός	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1770	24:37	hf51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ Νῶε	1	Jesus is using the term days to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time of Noah was” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1771	24:37	cpn8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “of me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1772	24:38	pfyq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἦσαν & τρώγοντες καὶ πίνοντες, γαμοῦντες καὶ γαμίζοντες	1	Jesus describes several regular activities to refer to regular activities in general. Alternate translation: “they were going about their normal lives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1773	24:38	lh9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταῖς πρὸ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ & ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας εἰσῆλθεν, Νῶε εἰς τὴν κιβωτόν	1	See how you translated days in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “in the time before the flood … until the time when Noah entered the ark” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1774	24:38	ectm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὴν κιβωτόν	1	The term ark refers to the structure that Noah built on God’s instructions to save himself and his family from the flood. If your readers would not recognize this specific term, you could use a more general one. Alternate translation: “the ship he built” or “the barge he built” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1775	24:39	ffa6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν	1	Here, they did not know means that they did not know what was about to happen to them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they did not realize what was about to happen to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1776	24:39	ah5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ἦρεν ἅπαντας	1	Jesus is referring to death in a polite way by using the phrase took them all away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “killed them all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1777	24:39	wcav		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here, Jesus is comparing the flood of Noah, which came unexpectedly, with his own coming, which will be similarly unexpected. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the same way, the coming of the Son of Man will be unexpected” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1778	24:40	uzz0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔσονται δύο ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ	1	It is implied that these two are working in the field. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “two men will be working in the field” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1779	24:40	gt4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “God will take one, and he will leave the other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1780	24:41	eail		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μία παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ μία ἀφίεται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “God will take one, and he will leave the other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1781	24:43	ak6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ἐκεῖνο δὲ γινώσκετε,	1	To help his disciples understand his message, Jesus tells a story. He explains its meaning in the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you a story to help you understand this:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1782	24:43	ki5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ποίᾳ φυλακῇ	1	Here, watch of night is an idiom that means a certain time during the night, referring to how some would take turns keeping “watch” for a certain length of time to protect others who were asleep. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at what time during the night” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1783	24:43	lg7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἂν εἴασεν διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who would do the action, Jesus implies that the thief would do it. Alternate translation: “would not have allowed the thief to break into his house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1784	24:44	gd17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1785	24:44	tub2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	διὰ τοῦτο καὶ, ὑμεῖς γίνεσθε ἕτοιμοι	1	Here, Jesus is explaining the meaning of his parable. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “In the same way that the owner of the house prepares in case a thief comes, so you should also be ready” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1786	24:44	ess8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ᾗ & ὥρᾳ	1	Jesus is using the term hour to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at a time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1787	24:45	f92d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς δοῦλος καὶ φρόνιμος, ὃν κατέστησεν ὁ κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκετείας αὐτοῦ, τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν ἐν καιρῷ	1	Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples and to make them think. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Certainly a faithful servant is the one whom his master appoints over his house in order to give them food at the proper time!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1788	24:45	d462		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃν κατέστησεν ὁ κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκετείας αὐτοῦ	1	In this phrase, it is assumed that the the master leaves the house over which he appoints his servant. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whom his master, when he leaves, `appoints over his household” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1789	24:45	k3j5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν	1	The connecting word to introduces a goal or purpose relationship. The purpose for which his master has appointed him is to give them their food. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of giving them their food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
1790	24:48	f9ft		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἴπῃ & ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	See how you translated in his heart in 5:28. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1791	24:48	per6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	χρονίζει μου ὁ κύριος	1	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But if that evil slave says in his heart that his master is delaying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1792	24:50	bz5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει	1	The phrases on a day that he does not expect and at an hour that he does not know mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. It may be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the meaning might be unclear, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “on a day that he does not expect, yes, at an hour that he does not know” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1793	24:50	ss9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει	1	Jesus is using the terms day and hour to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. If you do that, you may wish to combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “at a time that he does not expect, yes, at an time that he does not know” or “at a time that he is not expecting at all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1794	24:51	jj2z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν	1	Here, cut him in pieces is an idiom that means to punish someone severely. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will punish him severely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1795	24:51	rwd5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	See how you translated this in 8:12. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1796	25:intro	qe8a				0	Matthew 25 General Notes Structure and formatting This chapter continues the teaching of the previous chapter. Special concepts in this chapter The parable of the ten virgins Jesus told the parable of the ten virgins in 25:1–13 to tell his followers to be ready for him to return. His hearers could understand the parable because they knew Jewish wedding customs. When the Jews arranged marriages, they would plan for the wedding to take place weeks or months later. At the appointed time, the bridegroom would go to his bride’s house and she would be waiting for him there. The wedding ceremony would take place, and then the man and his bride would travel to his home, where there would be a feast. In this parable, the bridegroom represents Jesus, the five foolish virgins represent false believers in Jesus who do not prepare for Jesus’ return, and the five wise virgins represent true Christians who are ready for Jesus to come back at the end of the world. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) The parable of the talents Jesus told the parable of the talents in 25:14–30 to teach that true Christians use the blessings that God gives them in order to live fruitful lives that glorify him. Jesus’ hearers could understand the parable because they knew about investing money and the relationship between masters and slaves. In this parable, the master represents Jesus, the “talents” (a form of money) represent blessings from God, the two good slaves represent true Christians who faithfully use the blessings that God gives them, and the wicked slave represents false believers in Jesus. A talent was a unit of weight that, when used for precious metals, was also a unit of money. One talent weighed nearly 30 kilograms or over 60 pounds. One silver talent was the equivalent of over 16 years’ wages for a laborer. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. See the suggestions at each occurrence of the word “talent” in this chapter. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-parables]] and rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1797	25:1	em28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τότε	1	Here, Then refers to the time in the future when Jesus will return to the world. He called this time “the coming of the Son of Man” in 24:37 and the “day your Lord is coming” in 24:42. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “At the time I return to the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1798	25:1	zfdl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν δέκα παρθένοις	1	In 25:1–13, Jesus is explaining about the kingdom of the heavens by telling a brief story that provides an illustration. See the discussion of this parable in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1799	25:1	pg5i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	See how you translated this phrase in 3:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1800	25:1	uhj1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λαμπάδας	1	The lamps in this story are small containers that produce light by burning oil that is absorbed by a wick. Someone had to trim the wick and supply enough oil to keep the wick burning in order for the lamp to continue producing light. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “lamps that burn oil to produce light” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1801	25:1	jfsw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξῆλθον εἰς ὑπάντησιν τοῦ νυμφίου	1	Here, meeting of the bridegroom refers to the Jewish wedding practice of the bride and bridesmaids waiting for the bridegroom to come and get his bride and take her to the wedding feast. The fact that they took lamps also implies that they went out during the night. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “went out during the night to wait for the bridegroom to come and take his bride to the wedding feast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1802	25:2	c8nf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	πέντε & ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	Here, them refers to the “virgins” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “five of the virgins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1803	25:2	ena4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	πέντε φρόνιμοι	1	Jesus is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “five were wise” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1804	25:3	b37a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἔλαιον	1	Jesus’ hearers would have understood that the oil was used to keep the lamps lit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “oil with themselves to keep their lamps lit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1805	25:5	qf4b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι	1	Here, they refers to the ten virgins mentioned in 25:1. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all ten virgins became sleepy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1806	25:5	pvh4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι καὶ ἐκάθευδον	1	The word and indicates that the event in the previous phrase happened before the event in the next phrase. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “they all became sleepy and then began to sleep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1807	25:6	ufp2			κραυγὴ γέγονεν	1	Alternate translation: “someone cried”
1808	25:6	o62h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	The person speaking uses the term Behold here to get the ten virgins to focus their attention on what he is about to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Listen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1809	25:6	py59		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	κραυγὴ γέγονεν, ἰδοὺ, ὁ νυμφίος! ἐξέρχεσθε εἰς ἀπάντησιν	1	If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “someone cried that they should pay attention, the bridegroom was coming, and they should go out to the meeting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1810	25:7	knmn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθησαν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “awoke” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1811	25:7	ni6u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐκόσμησαν τὰς λαμπάδας ἑαυτῶν	1	The oil lamps people used at that time produced light from a burning wick. That wick had to be trimmed in order for it to keep burning properly. If this would be unfamiliar to your readers, you could use a general expression for preparing a lamp. Alternate translation: “adjusted their lamps so they would burn brightly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1812	25:8	cp7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ταῖς φρονίμοις εἶπον, δότε ἡμῖν ἐκ τοῦ ἐλαίου ὑμῶν, ὅτι αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται	1	If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said to the wise ones that they should give them from their oil, because their lamps were going out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1813	25:8	i1r7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται	1	Here, going out refers to the lamps running out of oil so that the fire in them would stop burning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the fire in our lamps is about to burn out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1814	25:9	ybzj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγουσαι, μήποτε οὐ μὴ ἀρκέσῃ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν; πορεύεσθε μᾶλλον πρὸς τοὺς πωλοῦντας, καὶ ἀγοράσατε ἑαυταῖς	1	If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said that there would certainly not be enough for themselves and the foolish ones, so the foolish ones should go instead to the ones selling and buy for themselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1815	25:9	j6z8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μήποτε οὐ μὴ ἀρκέσῃ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν; πορεύεσθε μᾶλλον πρὸς τοὺς πωλοῦντας, καὶ ἀγοράσατε ἑαυταῖς	1	It is implied that the wise ones are referring to oil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “There will certainly not be enough oil for us and you. Go instead to the ones selling oil and buy some oil for yourselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1816	25:9	gr5b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μήποτε οὐ μὴ ἀρκέσῃ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν	1	By answering in this way, the wise ones imply that they will not give any oil to the foolish virgins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “We will not give you any oil! There will certainly not be enough oil for us and you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1817	25:9	qwkx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ	1	The phrase certainly not translates two negative words in Greek. The wise virgins use them together to emphasize that they do not have enough oil to share with the foolish virgins. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1818	25:9	s43k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	Here, us refers to the wise virgins, so us would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1819	25:10	rfh6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν	1	Here, they refers to the five foolish virgins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the five foolish virgins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1820	25:10	jej8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀγοράσαι	1	Jesus is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the missing word from the context. Alternate translation: “to buy more oil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1821	25:10	t229		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αἱ ἕτοιμοι	1	Here, the prepared ones refers to the five wise virgins who had enough oil for their lamps. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the wise virgins who had prepared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1822	25:10	g29i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκλείσθη ἡ θύρα	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the servants shut the door” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1823	25:11	ys4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχονται	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “came” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
1824	25:11	gbdp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγουσαι, κύριε, κύριε, ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν!	1	If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that the master should open for them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1825	25:11	ouya		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν	1	Here, open is an imperative, but since the virgins cannot command the master to do this, you could translate this phrase as polite request. Alternate translation: “please open for us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1826	25:11	e5pz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν	1	Here the other virgins are implying that they want the door opened for them so they can enter the wedding feast. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “open the door for us so we can come inside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1827	25:12	dxz9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς	1	If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said that he said to them truly that he did not know them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1828	25:12	h4a8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς	1	By answering in this way, the bridegroom implies that he will not open the door for the foolish virgins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I will not open the door for you because I do not know you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1829	25:13	i7nb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Therefore here indicates that what follows is the reason why Jesus told the parable in 25:1–12. Use the most natural way in your language to state a reason. Alternate translation: “Since something like this could happen to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1830	25:13	r7kf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	γρηγορεῖτε	1	Here Jesus implies that believers must stay alert for his return to the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “stay alert for my return” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1831	25:13	xfdj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν	1	Here, the day and the hour refer to the time when Jesus will return to the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you know neither the day nor the hour when I will return” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1832	25:13	hn7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν	1	Here, day and hour refer to an exact point in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not know the exact time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1833	25:14	cn21		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For here indicates that the parable Jesus tells in 25:14–30 teaches another reason why believers must “stay alert,” as stated in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “Stay alert because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1834	25:14	zqi2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ὥσπερ	1	Here, it refers to “the kingdom of the heavens,” as mentioned in 25:1. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens is like” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1835	25:14	oy2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ἄνθρωπος ἀποδημῶν	1	Jesus tells a story to help his listeners understand why they should properly use the blessings that God gives them in order to be ready for him to return to the world. If it would help your readers, you could say that explicitly. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a story in which a man goes to another country” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1836	25:14	fmb3			τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “his property” or “his wealth”
1837	25:15	i81u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	πέντε τάλαντα	1	See the discussion of the talent as a unit of money in the General Notes to this chapter to decide how to represent these numbers of talents in your translation. Alternate translation: “an amount equal to 80 years’ wages … an amount equal to 32 years’ wages … an amount equal to 16 years’ wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1838	25:15	vyj2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ᾧ δὲ δύο, ᾧ δὲ ἕν, ἑκάστῳ	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. It may be helpful to break the sentence here. Alternate translation: “and to one slave he gave two talents, and to one slave he gave one talent. He gave to each” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1839	25:15	d87u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν	1	Here, his refers to each slave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to each of them according to each one’s own ability” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1840	25:16	qkr2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	τὰ πέντε τάλαντα & ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα	1	See how you translated talents in the previous verse to decide how to translate it here and in the rest of the parable. Alternate translation: “the amount equal to 80 years’ wages … an equal amount” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1841	25:17	u4vs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ ὁ τὰ δύο, ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα δύο	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the one slave with the two talents also gained another two talents” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1842	25:18	begc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὁ & τὸ ἓν λαβὼν	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the one slave having received the one talent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1843	25:19	vc9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	μετὰ δὲ πολὺν χρόνον	1	Now here introduces a new event that happened a long time after the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “A long time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1844	25:19	uejo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται & καὶ συναίρει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “came and settled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
1845	25:19	s33o			συναίρει λόγον	1	Alternate translation: “called them to give an account of how they had used his money”
1846	25:20	gkpa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγων, Κύριε, πέντε τάλαντά μοι παρέδωκας, ἴδε, ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα	1	If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said that the master had handed over to him five talents, but behold, he had gained five talents” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1847	25:21	j1qd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἔφη αὐτῷ & εὖ, δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ καὶ πιστέ! ἐπὶ ὀλίγα ἦς πιστός, ἐπὶ πολλῶν σε καταστήσω; εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου	1	If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said to him that he had done well and was a good and faithful slave. The master also said that he had been faithful over a few things, so he would appoint him over many things. The master told him to enter into the joy of his master” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1848	25:21	l5mg			εὖ	1	Your culture might have an expression that someone in authority would use to show that he approves of what someone working under his authority has done. Alternate translation: “You have done well” or “You have done right”
1849	25:21	d2s9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἴσελθε εἰς	1	Here, Enter into represents experiencing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Experience” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1850	25:21	u9od		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου	1	Here the master is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “my joy” or “the joy of me, your master” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1851	25:22	xt2j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν, Κύριε, δύο τάλαντά μοι παρέδωκας. ἴδε, ἄλλα δύο τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα	1	If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said to his master that he had handed over to him two talents, but behold, he had gained two talents” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1852	25:23	hsb6			ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ, εὖ, δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ καὶ πιστέ! ἐπὶ ὀλίγα ἦς πιστός, ἐπὶ πολλῶν σε καταστήσω; εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου	1	The contents of this verse are identical to 25:21. Translate both verses identically.
1853	25:24	hhvi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν, Κύριε, ἔγνων σε, ὅτι σκληρὸς εἶ ἄνθρωπος, θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας	1	If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said to his master that he knew that his master was a strict man, reaping where he did not sow, and gathering where he did not scatter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1854	25:24	au9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας	1	Jesus’ audience would have known that the master was referring to reaping and gathering crops and sowing and scattering seed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “reaping crops where you did not sow seed, and gathering crops where you did not scatter seed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1855	25:24	m8an		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας	1	These two clauses mean the same thing. The slave says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how strict he thinks the master is. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “surely harvesting crops that you did not plant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1856	25:24	xj4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας	1	In these two clauses, the slave is speaking of the master as if he were a farmer who harvests a crop that someone else had planted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “benefitting from the labor of other people” or “like a farmer who reaps crops where he did not sow seed and gathers crops where he did not scatter seed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1857	25:25	nowo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ φοβηθεὶς ἀπελθὼν, ἔκρυψα τὸ τάλαντόν σου ἐν τῇ γῇ. ἴδε, ἔχεις τὸ σόν	1	This verse continues a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “He also told his master that, having become afraid, he went away and hid the master’s talent in the ground. He told his master to behold, he had what was his” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1858	25:25	wl5c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	φοβηθεὶς	1	This clause may refer to: (1) the result of knowing what the slave stated in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “this made me afraid, so, going away” (2) the reason why the slave went away and hid the master’s money in the ground. Alternate translation: “since I was afraid, going away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1859	25:26	u6do		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν αὐτῷ, πονηρὲ δοῦλε καὶ ὀκνηρέ! ᾔδεις ὅτι θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα	1	If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said to him that he was a wicked and lazy slave. He knew that the master reaped where he did not sow and harvested where he did not scatter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1860	25:26	he3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα	1	See how you translated the similar clauses in 25:24. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1861	25:27	hmdo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἔδει σε οὖν βαλεῖν τὰ ἀργύριά μου τοῖς τραπεζείταις, καὶ ἐλθὼν, ἐγὼ ἐκομισάμην ἂν τὸ ἐμὸν σὺν τόκῳ	1	This verse continues a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Therefore, it was necessary for him to have placed the master’s money with the bankers, and having come, he would have received back his money with interest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1862	25:27	rhg9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	βαλεῖν τὰ ἀργύριά μου τοῖς τραπεζείταις & σὺν τόκῳ	1	Here, bankers refers to people who accept deposits of money and use them to make loans. They pay an interest premium on the deposits and charges an interest premium on the loans. If your culture does not have bankers, or if your culture does not allow interest payments, you could translate this in a different way that would be meaningful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to let someone borrow my money … with a share of the profits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1863	25:28	cq5b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἄρατε οὖν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὸ τάλαντον, καὶ δότε τῷ ἔχοντι τὰ δέκα τάλαντα	1	This verse continues a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Therefore, the master commanded that his other slaves take away the talent from him and give it to the one having the ten talents” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1864	25:28	paw8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄρατε & ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὸ τάλαντον	1	The master says this command to other servants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you other servants take away the talent from him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1865	25:29	e5py		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ & ἔχοντι παντὶ	1	The master implies that everyone having are those servants who use what has been given to them faithfully to earn more money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to everyone who uses the money wisely that I have given him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1866	25:29	r7lv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will give it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1867	25:29	xv1l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	δοθήσεται καὶ περισσευθήσεται	1	Both occurrences of it here refer to more of what the master has already given to his servants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “more of what he has will be given and what he has will abound” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1868	25:29	b93i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τοῦ & μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	The master is speaking of a group of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “from the people not having, even what they have will be taken away from them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
1869	25:29	pcr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ & μὴ ἔχοντος	1	The master implies that the one not having is any slave who does not use what he has been given faithfully to earn more money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the one who does not use the money wisely that I have given him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1870	25:29	mdc1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀρθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will take away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1871	25:30	t24f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ τὸν ἀχρεῖον δοῦλον, ἐκβάλετε εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον; ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	This verse continues a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verses. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And the master commanded his slaves to throw out the worthless slave into the outer darkness, where there would be weeping and grinding of the teeth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1872	25:30	c2vb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον	1	See how you translated this in 8:12. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1873	25:30	zy3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	See how you translated this in 8:12. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1874	25:31	qtg6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now here indicates that Jesus has finished telling the story in 25:14–30 and is about to tell his disciples how he will judge people when he returns at the end time. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1875	25:31	e7um		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person in 25:31–33. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1876	25:31	mu1k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The phrase Son of Man is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1877	25:31	lkn8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of glory, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and shows how glorious he is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1878	25:31	gx81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	καθίσει ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus’ hearers would have known that a king sits on his throne in order to rule as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated a similar expression in 19:28. Alternate translation: “he will sit on his glorious throne to rule as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1879	25:32	n91c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	αὐτοῦ & ἀφοριεῖ	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person throughout this verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1880	25:32	f2w9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συναχθήσονται & πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The angels may be the ones doing the action, as suggested by 13:41, 13:49 and the reference to angels in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “his angels will gather all the nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1881	25:32	ndf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	Here, nations refers to people who live in all the nations. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people from all the nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1882	25:32	nk18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὥσπερ ὁ ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει τὰ πρόβατα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων	1	Jesus compares separating people into two groups to a shepherd separating two different types of animals into two groups. If your readers would be unfamiliar with shepherding or these animals, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “just as someone separates two different types of animals into two groups” or “into two groups” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1883	25:33	bptq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	στήσει & αὐτοῦ & εὐωνύμων	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person throughout this verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1884	25:33	pbq9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ & πρόβατα & τὰ & ἐρίφια	1	Here Jesus refers to true believers, whom he calls “the righteous ones” in 25:37, as sheep. He also refers to unbelievers as goats. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the true believers … the unbelievers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1885	25:33	quw4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ & εὐωνύμων	1	In this verse Jesus is using the adjectives right and left as nouns in order to indicate his right and left sides. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could state that specifically. Alternate translation: “his right side … his left side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1886	25:33	wh9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ	1	The right side of a ruler was a position of great honor and authority. By placing the sheep on his right, Jesus was symbolically conferring honor and authority on them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the place of honor on his right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1887	25:34	t8pp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Βασιλεὺς & αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the King is another title for the Son of Man, who is Jesus. Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1888	25:34	ngbp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, δεῦτε οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου, κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	A direct quotation within a direct quotation begins here and continues until the end of 25:36. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “at his right that they have been blessed by his Father and should come inherit the kingdom prepared for them from the foundation of the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1889	25:34	rb4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ	1	See how you translated his right in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1890	25:34	ze81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you whom my Father has blessed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1891	25:36	cj18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	γυμνὸς καὶ περιεβάλετέ με, ἠσθένησα καὶ ἐπεσκέψασθέ με, ἐν φυλακῇ ἤμην καὶ ἤλθατε πρός με.	1	This verse is a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous 25:34 and continues until the end of this verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he was naked, and they clothed him; he was sick, and they cared for him; he was in prison, and they came to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1892	25:34	h2k9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1893	25:34	b57r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God has prepared for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1894	25:34	w1du		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κληρονομήσατε	1	Here Jesus speaks of being able to live in the kingdom of God as if the kingdom were property that people could inherit from their parents. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “live in” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1895	25:34	cdi8			ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	Alternate translation: “since he first created the world”
1896	25:35	bd6m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐπείνασα γὰρ καὶ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν, ἐδίψησα καὶ ἐποτίσατέ με, ξένος ἤμην καὶ συνηγάγετέ με	1	This verse is a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse and continues until the end of 25:36. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For he was hungry, and they gave him to eat; he was thirsty, and they gave him to drink; he was a stranger, and they invited him in” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1897	25:35	wchh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For here indicates that what follows is the reason why righteous people inherit the kingdom, as stated in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “Inherit the kingdom because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1898	25:35	f9zg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν & ἐποτίσατέ με & συνηγάγετέ με	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you gave me food to eat … you gave me something to drink … you invited me into your homes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1899	25:36	ur3i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	γυμνὸς καὶ περιεβάλετέ με, ἠσθένησα καὶ ἐπεσκέψασθέ με, ἐν φυλακῇ ἤμην καὶ ἤλθατε πρός με	1	This verse is a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in 25:34 and continues until the end of this verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he was naked, and they clothed him; he was sick, and they cared for him; he was in prison, and they came to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1900	25:37	pdp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγοντες, Κύριε, πότε σε εἴδομεν πεινῶντα καὶ ἐθρέψαμεν, ἢ διψῶντα καὶ ἐποτίσαμεν	1	A direct quotation within a direct quotation begins here and continues until the end of 25:39. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “asking their master when they saw him hungry and fed him or thirsty and gave him to drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1901	25:37	yh3p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	διψῶντα καὶ ἐποτίσαμεν	1	The righteous ones are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause and from the similar phrase in 25:35. Alternate translation: “when did we see you thirsty and give you something to drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1902	25:38	us2t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ξένον καὶ συνηγάγομεν, ἢ γυμνὸν καὶ περιεβάλομεν	1	This verse is a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse and continues until the end of 25:39. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And they asked when they saw him a stranger and invited him in, or naked and clothed him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1903	25:39	wwpp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ἀσθενῆ ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ ἤλθομεν πρός σε?	1	A direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in 25:37 continues until the end of this verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And they asked when they saw him sick or in prison and came to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1904	25:38	fh6h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	συνηγάγομεν	1	See how you translated the similar phrase in 25:35. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1905	25:38	h52x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	γυμνὸν καὶ περιεβάλομεν	1	The “righteous ones” are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “when did we see you naked and clothe you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1906	25:40	m6mi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Βασιλεὺς	1	See how you translated the same use of King in 25:34. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1907	25:40	i2aq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	The pronoun them here refers to the “righteous ones” to whom the King spoke in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the righteous ones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1908	25:40	sjbd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	αὐτοῖς, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον ἐποιήσατε ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου τῶν ἐλαχίστων, ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε	1	If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “to them that he said truly to them, to the extent that they did it for one of the least of those brothers of his, they did it for him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1909	25:40	mhe2			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	See how you translated this phrase in 5:18.
1910	25:40	acs3			τῶν ἐλαχίστων	1	Alternate translation: “of the least significant”
1911	25:40	nh4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1	Although the term brothers is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1912	25:40	nkbe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου	1	The phrase brothers of mine here does not refer to Jesus’ actual brothers, but he is referring to everyone who believes in him as his brothers. Jesus says this because he considers them to be part of his spiritual family. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who are like brothers to me” or “who are like family to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
1913	25:40	k4hb			ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε	1	Alternate translation: “I consider that you did it for me” or “it is as if you did it for me”
1914	25:41	z1nh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἐρεῖ καὶ & εὐωνύμων	1	In this verse Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1915	25:41	aox4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	εὐωνύμων	1	See how you translated this phrase in 25:33. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1916	25:41	wii6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐρεῖ καὶ τοῖς ἐξ εὐωνύμων, πορεύεσθε ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ κατηραμένοι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον, τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ	1	Here a direct quotation within a direct quotation begins and continues until the end of 25:43. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he also will say to the ones on his left that they should depart from him, being accursed ones, into the eternal fire that has been prepared for the devil and his angels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1917	25:41	pr8n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κατηραμένοι	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you whom God has cursed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1918	25:41	hqf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God has prepared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1919	25:42	u2od		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐπείνασα γὰρ καὶ οὐκ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν, ἐδίψησα καὶ οὐκ ἐποτίσατέ με	1	This verse is a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse and continues until the end of 25:43. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For he was hungry, and they did not give him to eat; he was thirsty, and they did not give him to drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1920	25:42	yrvn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For here indicates that what follows is the reason why the “accursed ones” must go “into the eternal fire,” as stated in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “Go into the eternal fire because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1921	25:42	fbyb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν & οὐκ ἐποτίσατέ με	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you did not give me food to eat … you did not give me something to drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1922	25:43	h45r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ξένος ἤμην καὶ οὐ συνηγάγετέ με, γυμνὸς καὶ οὐ περιεβάλετέ με, ἀσθενὴς καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ καὶ οὐκ ἐπεσκέψασθέ με	1	A direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in 25:41 continues until the end of this verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “He was a stranger, and they did not invite him in; naked, and they did not clothe him; sick and in prison, and they did not care for him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1923	25:43	g6ec		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐ συνηγάγετέ με, γυμνὸς καὶ οὐ περιεβάλετέ με, ἀσθενὴς καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you invited me into your homes; I was naked, and you did not clothe me; I was sick and in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1924	25:44	hiy6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοὶ	1	The pronoun they here refers to the “accursed ones” on Jesus’ left side whom he spoke to in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those accursed ones” or “those on his left side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1925	25:44	bnny		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγοντες, Κύριε, πότε σε εἴδομεν πεινῶντα, ἢ διψῶντα, ἢ ξένον, ἢ γυμνὸν, ἢ ἀσθενῆ, ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ οὐ διηκονήσαμέν σοι?	1	If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “asking their master when did they see him hungry, or hungry, or a stranger, or sick, or in prison, and did not serve him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1926	25:45	nlkm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἀποκριθήσεται	1	Here Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1927	25:45	zc8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγων, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον οὐκ ἐποιήσατε ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων, οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε	1	If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that he said truly to them, to the extent that they did not do it for one of the least of those, they did not do it for him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1928	25:45	uryd			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	See how you translated this phrase in 5:18.
1929	25:45	j8r5			τῶν ἐλαχίστων	1	See how you translated this phrase in 25:40.
1930	25:45	nm2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	τούτων	1	Here, these refers to believers, whom Jesus calls “brothers of mine” in 25:40. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of these brothers of mine” or “of these people who are like family to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1931	25:45	whu5			οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε.	1	Alternate translation: “I consider that you did not do it for me” or “I was really the one whom you did not help”
1932	25:46	m6me		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οὗτοι	1	Here, these refers to the “accursed ones” on Jesus’ left side whom he has been speaking to in the previous three verses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those accursed ones” or “those on his left side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1933	25:46	nj72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀπελεύσονται & εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον & εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	Here, eternal punishment refers to the place where the unrighteous people will be punished, and eternal life refers to place where the righteous people will be rewarded. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will go away into the place where they will be eternally punished … into the place where they will live eternally” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1934	25:46	kq5b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “will go into eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1935	26:intro	mtq8				0	Matthew 26 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 26:31, which is quoted from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter Sheep Sheep are a common image used in Scripture to refer to the people of Israel. In 26:31, however, Jesus uses the words “the sheep” to refer to his disciples and to say that they would run away when he was arrested. Passover The Passover festival was when the Jews celebrated the day God killed the firstborn sons of the Egyptians but “passed over” the Israelites and let them live. The meaning of the “body” and “blood” of Jesus 26:26–28 describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. During this meal, Jesus said of the bread, “This is my body,” and of the wine, “This is my blood of the covenant, that is being poured out for many.” As Jesus instructed, Christian churches around the world re-enact this meal regularly, calling it “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion.” But they have different understandings of what Jesus meant by these sayings. Some churches believe that Jesus was speaking figuratively and that he meant that the bread and wine represented his body and blood. Other churches believe that he was speaking literally and that the actual body and blood of Jesus are really present in the bread and wine of this ceremony. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Judas’ kiss for Jesus 26:49 describes how Judas kissed Jesus so the soldiers would know whom to arrest. In this culture, when men greeted other men who were family or friends, they would kiss them on one cheek or on both cheeks. If your readers would find it embarrassing if you said that one man would kiss another man, you could explain the purpose of the gesture, or you could translate the expression in a more general way. You might say, for example, that Judas “kissed Jesus on the cheek as a greeting” or that Judas “gave Jesus a friendly greeting.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) “I am able to destroy the temple of God” Two men accused Jesus of saying that he could destroy the temple in Jerusalem and then rebuild it “in three days” (26:61). They were accusing him of insulting God by claiming that God had given him the authority to destroy the temple and the power to rebuild it. What Jesus actually said was that if the Jewish authorities were to destroy this temple, he would certainly raise it up in three days (John 2:19).
1936	26:1	i35c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε	1	See how you translated this phrase in 11:1. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1937	26:1	z15a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	Matthew is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “speaking all these words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1938	26:1	xiv4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	Here, these words refers to everything that Jesus taught in 24:3–25:46. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these teachings about what would happen in the future” or “all these teachings about his return to earth and the final judgment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1939	26:2	eyoq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1940	26:2	g4lh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται εἰς τὸ σταυρωθῆναι	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone will hand over the Son of Man to other people, who will crucify him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1941	26:3	eps8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συνήχθησαν & τοῦ λεγομένου Καϊάφα	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “came together … whose name was Caiaphas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1942	26:5	u4fh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	The chief priests and elders are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “We should not kill Jesus during the festival” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1943	26:5	s9p7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	Here, the festival refers the Passover festival, as indicated in 26:2. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1944	26:6	zq3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now here indicates that what follows in 26:6–13 is a new event that happened around the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Around that time,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1945	26:6	hg3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ	1	Matthew implies that this Simon is a man whom Jesus had healed from leprosy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of Simon, a man whom Jesus had healed of leprosy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1946	26:7	yxf8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ & αὐτοῦ ἀνακειμένου	1	The pronoun he refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus … Jesus’ … as Jesus is reclining to eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1947	26:7	sjky		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ἀλάβαστρον μύρου βαρυτίμου	1	Matthew is using the possessive form to describe a jar that is filled with very expensive perfumed oil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “an alabaster jar full of very expensive perfumed oil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1948	26:7	bhs8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀλάβαστρον	1	Here, alabaster jar refers to a small container made out of expensive stone. If your readers would not be familiar with this stone, you could use the name of a stone in your area that is expensive and used for making costly containers, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a costly stone container” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1949	26:7	yu67		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μύρου βαρυτίμου	1	Here, perfumed oil refers to a liquid made from the oils of pleasant-smelling plants and flowers. This oil was put on a person’s skin or hair in order for that person to smell pleasant. If your readers would not be familiar with this oil, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of very precious scented liquid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1950	26:7	li2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	ἀνακειμένου	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “as he was reclining to eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
1951	26:7	ukb9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀνακειμένου	1	At a relaxed meal such as this one, it was the custom in this culture for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around a table that was close to the ground. You could translate this by using the expression in your language for the customary posture at a meal. See how you translated the similar phrase in 9:10. Alternate translation: “as he was sitting down at the table to eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1952	26:8	yd03		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	οἱ μαθηταὶ ἠγανάκτησαν λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “the disciples became angry and said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
1953	26:8	rgp2			εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη	1	Alternate translation: “What is the purpose for this waste”
1954	26:8	vit4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη?	1	Here the disciples are not asking for information. They ask this question to express their anger over the woman’s actions. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “What a waste!” or “This is such a waste of perfume!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1955	26:9	y83e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐδύνατο & τοῦτο πραθῆναι πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “she could have sold this for much and given” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1956	26:9	s9zx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	τοῦτο	1	Here, this refers to the jar full of perfumed oil that the woman poured on Jesus’ head in 26:7. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this perfumed oil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1957	26:9	rkx5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι	1	Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “for much money and that money to be given” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1958	26:9	f76h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς	1	Matthew is using the adjective poor as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1959	26:10	pfv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί κόπους παρέχετε τῇ γυναικί?	1	Jesus is not asking for information here. He asks this question in order to rebuke his disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not cause trouble for the woman!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1960	26:10	fg3v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	παρέχετε	1	Here, you is plural and refers to the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are you disciples causing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
1961	26:10	aieo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κόπους παρέχετε & ἔργον & καλὸν	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of trouble and work, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “are you troubling … something good” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1962	26:11	wsp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πτωχοὺς	1	See how you translated the poor in 26:9. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1963	26:11	o93p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐμὲ & οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε	1	In this phrase Jesus implies that he would not always be with them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not always have me with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1964	26:12	vk5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸ μύρον	1	See how you translated perfumed oil in 26:7. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1965	26:13	xs1w			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	See how you translated this phrase in 5:18.
1966	26:13	g45l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “wherever people preach this gospel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1967	26:13	s12m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	λαληθήσεται καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη εἰς μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in memory of her people will speak of what she has done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1968	26:14	lo3e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	τότε πορευθεὶς & πρὸς τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς	1	Then here indicates that what happens in this verse took place after what took place in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation (without a comma at the end of the verse): “After Jesus said this, … went to the chief priests and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1969	26:14	got6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῶν δώδεκα	1	Matthew is using the adjective Twelve as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you translated Twelve in 10:5. Alternate translation: “of the 12 apostles” or “of the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1970	26:14	e4gk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος	1	See how you translated named in 26:3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1971	26:15	pics		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	τί	1	What here is referring to an amount of money. This is a polite way of asking to be paid money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “How much money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1972	26:15	es4b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτόν & αὐτῷ	1	While the first occurrence of him in this verse refers to Jesus, the second occurrence of him refers to Judas Iscariot. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1973	26:15	x7zx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αὐτῷ	1	The phrase for him implies that the chief priests gave the pieces of silver to Judas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in order to give them to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1974	26:16	w1e4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αὐτὸν παραδῷ	1	Matthew implies that Jesus would betray Jesus by helping the chief priests arrest him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he might betray Jesus by helping the chief priests arrest him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1975	26:17	f3s2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now here indicates that what follows in 26:17–25 a new event that happened shortly after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1976	26:17	med9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῶν Ἀζύμων	1	Unleavened Bread here refers to the Festival of Unleavened Bread that began at Passover and lasted for one week. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Festival of Unleavened Bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1977	26:17	zkpv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
1978	26:17	xm39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1	Here, the Passover refers to the meal that people ate together on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1979	26:18	hc78		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν πόλιν πρὸς τὸν δεῖνα καὶ εἴπατε αὐτῷ, ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ὁ καιρός μου ἐγγύς ἐστιν; πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου.	1	This verse has three levels of direct quotations. If direct quotations inside direct quotations would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second-level and third-level direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “Go into the city to such a man and say to him that the Teacher says that his time is near. He is doing the Passover at your house with his disciples.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1980	26:18	s2sj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν πόλιν	1	Here, the city refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1981	26:18	r4tg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ καιρός μου	1	My time here could refer to: (1) the time that Jesus had arranged beforehand with the man to use a room in his house for the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “The time I arranged with you” (2) the time God had appointed for Jesus to die. Alternate translation: “The time God appointed for me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1982	26:18	j9pz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1	See how you translated the same use of the Passover in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1983	26:19	vel7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1	See how you translated the same use of the Passover in the 26:17. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1984	26:20	bga4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀνέκειτο	1	See how you translated this phrase in 26:7. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1985	26:20	js7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῶν δώδεκα	1	See how you translated the Twelve in 26:14. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1986	26:21	ehx6			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	See how you translated this phrase in 5:18.
1987	26:22	n12r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε?	1	This could be: (1) a rhetorical question, which means that the apostles were sure they would not betray Jesus. Alternate translation: “Surely not I, Lord!” (2) a sincere question, which means that Jesus’ statement troubled and confused them. Alternate translation: “Could it be me, Lord?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1988	26:22	r2it		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε	1	The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Surely it is not I who will betray you, Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1989	26:23	mpnm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ ἐμβάψας μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὴν χεῖρα ἐν τῷ τρυβλίῳ	1	This refers to someone using his hand to dip a piece of bread into some sauce or liquid food that is in a dish. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The one having dipped bread with me into the sauce that is in the dish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1990	26:24	n7dw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ, οὐαὶ δὲ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will depart just as it is written about me. But woe to that man by whom I am betrayed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1991	26:24	x2n9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ὑπάγει	1	Here, depart is a polite way to refer to dying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will be put to death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1992	26:24	vix3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This phrase specifically refers to what the prophets wrote in the Hebrew Scriptures. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1993	26:24	eqcu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	Jesus assumes that his hearers will understand that by using it is written, he means that it is prophesied in the Old Testament Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is referring to the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “just as it has been written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1994	26:24	hai5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to that man who betrays the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1995	26:24	vy1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἐγεννήθη ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that man’s mother had not given birth to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1996	26:25	vpq1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί?	1	Judas is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to deny that he will betray Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely it is not I, Rabbi!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1997	26:25	ex1h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί	1	The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Surely it is not I who will betray you, Rabbi” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1998	26:25	oee7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	λέγει αὐτῷ	1	He here refers to Jesus and him refers to Judas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to Judas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1999	26:25	y9lk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σὺ εἶπας	1	This is an idiom that Jesus uses to give an affirmative answer to Judas’ question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “It is as you have said yourself” or “You are admitting it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2000	26:26	qh16		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now here indicates that what follows in 26:26–56 is a new event that happened shortly after the time of the events that the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon after,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2001	26:26	y6me		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἄρτον	1	The term bread refers to a loaf of bread, which is a lump of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. The bread referred to here was a flat loaf of unleavened bread that was eaten as part of the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “a loaf of bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2002	26:26	rb65		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄρτον	1	Since Jews did not eat bread made with yeast during this festival, this bread would not have had any yeast in it and it would have been flat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a flat loaf of unleavened bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2003	26:26	mr5u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εὐλογήσας	1	This could mean: (1) Jesus thanked God for providing the bread. Alternate translation: “having blessed God for it” (2) Jesus asked God to bless the bread. Alternate translation: “having asked God to bless it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2004	26:26	yg2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	λάβετε, φάγετε	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Take some of this bread and eat it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2005	26:26	tkiu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου	1	See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate this sentence. See also how it is translated in Mark 14:22. Christians understand this phrase to be: (1) a metaphor. Alternate translation: “This represents my body” (2) literal. Alternate translation: “My body is really present in this bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2006	26:27	tn39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ποτήριον	1	Here, cup refers to both the cup and the wine that was in it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a cup of wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2007	26:27	zb1i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εὐχαριστήσας	1	Matthew implies that Jesus thanked God for the wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having given thanks to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2008	26:28	l55a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦτο	1	Here, this refers to the wine in the cup that was mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2009	26:28	o1zn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῦτο & ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ περὶ πολλῶν ἐκχυννόμενον	1	See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate this sentence. See also how it is translated in Mark 14:24. This phrase could be: (1) a metaphor. Alternate translation: “this wine represents my blood that establishes the covenant, and it is my blood that I will pour out for many” (2) literal. Alternate translation: “my blood of the covenant, which is being poured out for many, is really present in this wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2010	26:28	ct81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	τοῦτο & ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ περὶ πολλῶν ἐκχυννόμενον	1	The phrase of the introduces the purpose for Jesus shedding his blood. Jesus is stating that the purpose for him shedding his blood is to establish the new covenant. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose. Alternate translation: “this is my blood which is being poured out for many for the purpose of establishing God’s covenant” or “This is my blood which is being poured out for many for the purpose of making God’s covenant with his people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
2011	26:28	bms3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκχυννόμενον	1	Jesus is referring to the way his blood is going to be poured out when he dies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which I will pour out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2012	26:28	bqc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of forgiveness and sins, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “forgiving the sinful things people have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2013	26:29	l556		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ	1	The phrase certainly not translates two negative words in Greek. Jesus uses them together for emphasis. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2014	26:29	h85b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου	1	This is an idiom that refers to wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2015	26:29	domn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης	1	Here Jesus uses the term day to refer to a particular period of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2016	26:29	tsjk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αὐτὸ πίνω μεθ’ ὑμῶν καινὸν	1	Here, new could refer to: (1) Jesus, and therefore would mean “again” or “in a new way.” See the parallel account in Luke 22:18 where Jesus seems to mean this. Alternate translation: “I drink it in a new way with you” or “I drink it anew with you” (2) the wine and thus would be referring to drinking a new type or quality of wine. Alternate translation: “I drink new wine with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2017	26:29	q8zs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	See how you translated the phrase “the kingdom of the heavens” in 3:2. If it would be helpful in your language to understand the abstract noun kingdom, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule,” as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2018	26:29	m9vq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2019	26:30	ed5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ὑμνήσαντες	1	A hymn is a song or poem that is sung to praise God. The Jews would traditionally sing a psalm from Psalms 113–118 at the end of the Passover meal, so the hymn that Jesus and his disciples sang was likely one of these psalms. If your readers would not be familiar with a hymn, you could use the name for religious songs in your culture, if you have them, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “having sung a psalm” or “having sung a song of praise to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2020	26:31	svl0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will stumble because of me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2021	26:31	v8yl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ	1	Jesus is speaking as if his disciples would literally stumble or fall down. He means that they will desert him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will leave me on account of what happens to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2022	26:31	bvf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	γέγραπται	1	Here Jesus uses the phrase it is written to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book (Zechariah 13:7). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
2023	26:31	c4k1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. What follows is a quotation from Zechariah 13:7. Alternate translation: “Zechariah wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2024	26:31	eq8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται γάρ, πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “because Zechariah the prophet wrote that God would strike the shepherd and the sheep of the flock would be scattered” or “because Zechariah the prophet predicted in the Scriptures that God would strike the shepherd and the sheep of the flock would be scattered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2025	26:31	mc1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης	1	Jesus is quoting a prophecy from Zechariah 13:7 in which the prophet Zechariah speaks of the Messiah as if he were a shepherd and of the Messiah’s followers as if they were sheep that belonged to his flock. Since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing an explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2026	26:31	u1t5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πατάξω	1	Here, I refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, will strike” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2027	26:31	ccyh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πατάξω	1	Here, strike means to kill someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will kill” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2028	26:31	rvk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the sheep of the flock will run away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2029	26:32	pj2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με	1	Here, raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I become alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2030	26:32	xuyz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God raises me up” or “God brings me back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2031	26:32	tipu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προάξω ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1	Jesus implies that his disciples will meet him in Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I will go ahead of you into Galilee and we will meet there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2032	26:33	u6r9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σκανδαλισθήσονται & σκανδαλισθήσομαι	1	If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will stumble … will stumble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2033	26:33	m2un		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σκανδαλισθήσονται & σκανδαλισθήσομαι	1	See how you translated stumble in 26:31. Alternate translation: “will leave you … will leave you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2034	26:34	sf9x			ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	See how you translated the similar phrase in 5:18.
2035	26:34	ui4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι	1	Jesus is referring to a certain time of day. A rooster crows just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “before a rooster crows as morning begins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2036	26:34	lx5i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι	1	A rooster is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “before the birds begin to sing in the morning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2037	26:34	b2rh			τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με	1	Alternate translation: “you will deny three times that you know me”
2038	26:35	ywnd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])”
2039	26:36	lm3n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	λεγόμενον Γεθσημανεὶ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2040	26:37	ny4m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοὺς δύο υἱοὺς Ζεβεδαίου	1	This phrase refers to the disciples James and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2041	26:38	l5ic		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
2042	26:38	gf7k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	Here, soul refers to the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am deeply sorrowful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2043	26:38	c43t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἕως θανάτου	1	The phrase to the point of death refers to feeling like one is about to die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I feel as if I could die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2044	26:39	kcz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ	1	This phrase is an idiom that means that he bowed down. Make sure that it is clear in your translation that Jesus did not fall down accidentally. Alternate translation: “he knelt down and touched the ground with his face” or “he bowed down to the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2045	26:39	nuv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2046	26:39	f254		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	παρελθέτω ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο	1	Jesus is referring to the suffering he will soon experience as if it were a cup of bitter-tasting liquid that he would have to drink. Alternate translation: “please spare me from these sufferings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2047	26:39	k5in		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	πλὴν οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλ’ ὡς σύ	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Yet, do not do what I want, but do what you want to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2048	26:40	luh9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται & εὑρίσκει & λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he came … found … he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
2049	26:40	hq2f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοὺς μαθητὰς	1	Here, the disciples refers specifically to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2050	26:40	tdl8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ	1	Here Matthew implies that Jesus woke up Peter before speaking to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he wakes up Peter and says to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2051	26:40	ev7s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	οὐκ ἰσχύσατε & γρηγορῆσαι	1	Although Jesus is speaking to Peter, you here is plural and refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “were the three of you not able to stay alert” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
2052	26:40	c11a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ?	1	Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to scold Peter, James, and John. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely should have been able to stay alert with me for one hour!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2053	26:41	buv4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of temptation, you can express the idea behind it with a verb such as “tempt.” Alternate translation: “nothing will tempt you to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2054	26:41	ny5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ & πνεῦμα	1	Jesus is describing the inner part of a person (which includes their desires and will) by association with their spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The inner self” or “The inner person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2055	26:41	qme9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	πρόθυμον	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “is willing to do what is right” or “is willing to do what pleases God” or “is willing to obey me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2056	26:41	xlig		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἡ & σὰρξ ἀσθενής	1	Here, flesh could: (1) include the meaning of both option 2 and option 3 below and therefore flesh would refer to both the weakness of the human body and also to the deficiency of human desire and ability to do what is right. Alternate translation: “the body and your sinful human nature are weak” (2) refer to the human “body.” Alternate translation: “the body is weak” (3) refer to the sinful part of human nature that prefers to seek comfort and seek what it desires rather than obey God and do the things that please him. Alternate translation: “the sinful human nature is weak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2057	26:42	pz9l			ἀπελθὼν	1	Alternate translation: “after Jesus went away”
2058	26:42	vbvh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ἐκ δευτέρου	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for time two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2059	26:42	ch7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ μου	1	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2060	26:42	b6cn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰ οὐ δύναται τοῦτο παρελθεῖν, ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω	1	Here, this and it refer to the suffering that Jesus must endure, which he referred to as a “cup” of bitter-tasting liquid in 26:39. He speaks of this suffering as if it were a bitter liquid that he must drink. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly Alternate translation: “if this suffering is not able to pass away unless I endure it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2061	26:42	xsk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “may what you want happen” or “do what you want to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2062	26:43	ng7e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, for indicates that what follows is the reason why the three disciples were sleeping. Use the most natural way in your language to express a reason. Alternate translation: “since”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2063	26:43	lts9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἦσαν & αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημένοι	1	The phrase their eyes were weighed down is an idiom meaning “they were very tired.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they were very sleepy” or “they were very tired” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2064	26:44	v3i9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ἐκ τρίτου	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for time three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2065	26:45	iaqe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται & λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he came … said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
2066	26:45	vvp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε?	1	Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to scold Peter, James, and John. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not still be sleeping and taking your rest!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2067	26:45	dgx9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold is used by Jesus here to get his disciples to pay attention to what is about to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Pay attention” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2068	26:45	rw3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἡ ὥρα	1	Jesus is using the term hour to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the specific time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2069	26:45	g9hi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone is betraying the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2070	26:45	ell4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, am being betrayed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2071	26:45	g9eb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰς χεῖρας ἁμαρτωλῶν	1	Here, hands refers to power or control. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into the power of sinners” or “so that sinners will have power over him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2072	26:46	j7ur		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold is used by Jesus here to get his disciples to pay attention to what is about to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Pay attention” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2073	26:47	rlp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “as he was still speaking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
2074	26:47	roz1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Matthew uses the term behold to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2075	26:47	czh4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῶν δώδεκα	1	See how you translated the Twelve in 26:14. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2076	26:47	x33m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ὄχλος πολὺς	1	Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and with him, there was a large crowd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2077	26:47	e26h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ξύλων	1	A “club” is a hard piece of wood that a person uses for hitting people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sticks for hitting people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2078	26:48	qb4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Now here is used to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about Judas and the signal he planned to use to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2079	26:48	gw8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	λέγων, ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτόν.	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that whomever he kissed was the one they should seize” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2080	26:48	m23z			ὃν ἂν φιλήσω	1	Alternate translation: “The one I kiss” or “The man whom I kiss”
2081	26:48	gqsx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὃν ἂν φιλήσω	1	See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter of the symbolic significance of a greeting **kiss ** in this culture. Alternate translation: “Whomever I greet him by kissing him on the cheek” or “Whomever I give a friendly greeting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2082	26:48	nr34		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτός	1	Here, him refers to Jesus, whom the crowd had come to arrest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is the one whom you want to arrest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2083	26:49	uig8			προσελθὼν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “when Judas came up to Jesus”
2084	26:49	cyb7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν	1	See how you translated “kiss” in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2085	26:50	xehs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἐφ’ ὃ πάρει	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “do that for which you are here” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2086	26:50	w3d6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ	1	Here, laid hands on is an idiom which means to take hold of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “took hold of” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2087	26:50	vmd1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν	1	The phrases laid hands on and seized mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine these phrases into one. Alternate translation: “seized Jesus” or “seized him” or “took hold of Jesus in order to arrest him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2088	26:51	vm6s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Matthew uses the term behold here to call the reader’s attention to what is about to happen. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2089	26:52	o6m0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
2090	26:52	tj6n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν	1	Here Jesus implies taking up a sword in order to kill someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the ones having taken up a sword to kill people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2091	26:52	w357		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται	1	Here Jesus implies that these people will perish by someone killing them with a sword. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be killed by someone else using a sword” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2092	26:53	kgx8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ δοκεῖς ὅτι οὐ δύναμαι παρακαλέσαι τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ παραστήσει μοι ἄρτι πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων?	1	Jesus is not asking for information but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you know that I am able to call upon my Father, and he will send me more than 12 legions of angels at once!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2093	26:53	eb7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	δοκεῖς	1	Here, you is singular because Jesus is speaking to the person with the sword. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
2094	26:53	g3zq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2095	26:53	tfw8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων	1	The word “legion” is a military term that refers to a group of about 6,000 soldiers. Here Jesus means God would send a large number of angels and easily stop those who are arresting Jesus. The exact number of angels is not important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “more than 12 very large groups of angels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2096	26:54	gew5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	πῶς οὖν	1	Here, then indicates that what follows is the result of the idea in the last verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Were I to do that, then how” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2097	26:54	gih7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “which say that this must happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2098	26:54	teq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ, ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι?	1	Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then the scriptures would not be fulfilled that say that this must happen!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2099	26:54	xqpr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “would I fulfill the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2100	26:54	c5g7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αἱ Γραφαὶ	1	Here, the scriptures refers to those parts of the Old Testament that refer to the atoning death of the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those scriptures about what will happen to the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2101	26:55	hc33		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	Matthew is using the term hour to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “point in time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2102	26:55	yf4p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με?	1	Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to rebuke the crowd. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You did not need to come out with swords and clubs to seize me, as you would against a robber!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2103	26:55	q9vq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ξύλων	1	See how you translated clubs in 26:47. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2104	26:55	e8dq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Since only priests could enter the temple building, this refers to the temple courtyard. Jesus is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2105	26:56	fb46		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αἱ Γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1	Here, the writings of the prophets refers to those parts of the Old Testament Scriptures that refer to the atoning death of the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what the prophets wrote about the Messiah in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2106	26:56	ygn7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I would fulfill the writings of the prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2107	26:57	f6nj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπήγαγον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state more explicitly what the phrase they led him away means. Alternate translation: “took Jesus from where they had arrested him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2108	26:57	gy6g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πρὸς Καϊάφαν τὸν ἀρχιερέα, ὅπου	1	Here, where implies that they brought Jesus to the place where Caiaphas lived. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the house of Caiaphas the high priest, which is where” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2109	26:57	y2oz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συνήχθησαν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “had come together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2110	26:58	jui3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ ἀπὸ μακρόθεν	1	Matthew provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next in the story. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Now without getting to close, Peter followed Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2111	26:58	v8th			καὶ εἰσελθὼν ἔσω	1	Alternate translation: “And after Peter went inside”
2112	26:59	i8jw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	οἱ δὲ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ τὸ Συνέδριον ὅλον	1	Now here indicates that Matthew is making the chief priests and the Sanhedrin the subject of this part of the story instead of Peter. Use a natural way in your language for indicating this change in subjects. Alternate translation: “Now the men who were the chief priests and the entire Sanhedrin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2113	26:59	qto5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ψευδομαρτυρίαν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of testimony, you could express the idea behind this word by using a verbal phrase, as modeled by the UST, or by expressing the idea in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2114	26:59	u6v9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ὅπως αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verb form such as “kill” or by expressing it some other way. Alternate translation: “so that they could have him killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2115	26:59	dpr7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν	1	Because the Roman authorities did not allow the Sanhedrin to execute people, the Sanhedrin had to convince the Roman authorities to execute people for them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they might convince the Roman authorities to put him to death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2116	26:60	v9j9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐχ εὗρον, πολλῶν προσελθόντων ψευδομαρτύρων	1	Matthew implies that what the many false witnesses said was not sufficient to condemn Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “though many false witnesses came forward, they found none whose testimony was sufficient to condemn Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2117	26:61	a8lf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	οὗτος ἔφη, δύναμαι καταλῦσαι τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν οἰκοδομῆσαι.	1	If a direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “This one said that he was able to destroy the temple of God and to rebuild it in three days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2118	26:61	i5n4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὗτος ἔφη	1	Matthew records these men saying This one as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “This so-and-so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2119	26:63	mr6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	ἐξορκίζω σε κατὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος, ἵνα ἡμῖν εἴπῃς εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The high priest is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “I command you by the living God: tell us if you are the Christ, the Son of God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
2120	26:63	eicy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κατὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος	1	This phrase indicates that the high priest wants Jesus to swear solemnly with God as a witness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the living God as your witness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2121	26:63	lry9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος	1	See how you translated this phrase in 16:16. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2122	26:63	zx9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	Here, us refers to the high priest and the rest of the Jewish council, so us would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2123	26:63	mm28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2124	26:64	tbl7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
2125	26:64	gi6v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σὺ εἶπας	1	See how you translated this in 26:25. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2126	26:64	zu47		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε	1	Here, you is plural because Jesus is speaking to the high priest and to the other people who were present. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
2127	26:64	ll8r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀπ’ ἄρτι	1	The phrase from now on could be: (1) an idiom that refers to some time in the future. Alternate translation: “in the future” (2) from the time of Jesus’ trial and onward. Alternate translation: “hereafter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2128	26:64	b6cb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2129	26:64	p5px		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῆς δυνάμεως	1	Here, the Power refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the powerful God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2130	26:64	cui7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως	1	To sit at the right hand of God is a symbolic act of receiving great honor and authority from God. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation, or you could use plain language to express what sitting at the right hand of someone meant in Jesus’ culture. Alternate translation: “sitting in a place of honor beside the Power” or “sitting in a place of honor next to the Power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2131	26:64	urp9			ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “riding to earth on the clouds of heaven”
2132	26:65	srg6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	διέρρηξεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ	1	In Jesus’ culture the act of tearing one’s clothes was a symbolic act done to show outrage or grief. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could use it here in your translation, or you could use plain language to express what tearing one’s clothes meant in Jesus’ culture. Alternate translation: “tore his garments in outrage” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2133	26:65	t68t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων?	1	The high priest is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that he and the members of the council do not need to hear from any more witnesses. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We do not have need of any more witnesses!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2134	26:65	wh4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1	The high priest uses the term Behold to get the Jewish council to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2135	26:66	mzcs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἔνοχος θανάτου ἐστίν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “He deserves to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2136	26:68	f2bj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	προφήτευσον ἡμῖν	1	Those people hitting Jesus did not believe that he was a real prophet and could Prophesy. When they demanded that Jesus Prophesy, they were challenging him to do something they believed he could not do. They were only asking Jesus to Prophesy in order to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Prove that you really are a prophet and prophesy” or “Prophesy, if you really are a prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2137	26:68	b5xe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	Χριστέ	1	Those hitting Jesus did not really think he is the Christ. They call him this to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you so-called Christ” or “you who claim to be the Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2138	26:69	y21l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now here indicates that what follows in 26:69–75 is a new event that happened around the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Around that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2139	26:70	sp1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐκ οἶδα τί λέγεις	1	Peter used these words to deny that he had been with Jesus. This does not mean that Peter was unable to understand what the servant girl said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have no idea what you are talking about!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2140	26:71	gyw8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν πυλῶνα	1	This gateway was an opening in the wall that went around the courtyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gateway of the courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2141	26:71	s7c4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])”
2142	26:72	e5xl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μετὰ ὅρκου, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	Here, the phrase with an oath means “to subject oneself to an oath” or “to put oneself under an oath.” Here, Peter is invoking God’s curse upon himself if what he is saying is not true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by swearing, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man” or “by making an oath and saying, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2143	26:73	hde3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	The pronoun them refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from among his disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2144	26:73	w8ww		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, for indicates that what follows is the reason why these people thought Peter was one of Jesus’ disciples. Use the most natural way in your language to express a reason. Alternate translation: “since”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2145	26:73	o4oe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ λαλιά σου δῆλόν σε ποιεῖ	1	This phrase implies that Peters speech had an accent like the accent of someone from Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the way you speak makes it evident that you are from Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2146	26:74	edd8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καταθεματίζειν	1	Here, the phrase to curse means “to invoke a curse from God upon oneself.” Here, Peter is invoking God’s curse upon himself if what he is saying is not true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to invoke God’s curse upon himself if what he was saying was not true” or “to ask God to curse him if what he was saying was false” or “to invoke God’s destruction upon himself if what he was saying was false” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2147	26:74	zo05		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὀμνύειν, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	Here, the phrase to swear means “to subject oneself to an oath” or “to put oneself under an oath.” Here, Peter is invoking God’s curse upon himself if what he is saying is not true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to swear by saying, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man whom you are talking about’” or “to promise by making an oath and saying, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man whom you are talking about’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2148	26:74	w87b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν	1	See how you translated rooster and “crow” in 26:34. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2149	26:75	nx3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	εἰρηκότος, ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had told him that before a rooster crowed, he would deny him three times” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2150	26:75	nn5o			πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με	1	See how you translated this statement in 26:34.
2151	26:75	rgvk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξελθὼν ἔξω	1	This expression means that Peter left the courtyard and went completely outside the house of the high priest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter went out of the courtyard and away from the house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2152	27:intro	deu4				0	Matthew 27 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter “The curtain of the temple was split in two” The curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly, because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins. The tomb The tomb in which Jesus was buried (27:60) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter. Important figures of speech in this chapter Sarcasm In 27:28–29 the soldiers were insulting Jesus when they put a “scarlet robe” on him, placed a “crown of thorns” on his head, said, “Hail, King of the Jews,” and knelt down in front of him. These actions were symbolic of things that people would do to honor a king, but the soldiers did not really believe that Jesus was a king. By pretending that they thought Jesus was a king, and by putting a “crown of thorns” on Jesus’ head instead of a regular crown, and by spitting on him and “striking him on his head” (see 27:30) the soldiers showed that they did not believe that Jesus was the Son of God. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/mock]]) Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Golgotha The word “Golgotha” is an Aramaic word. Matthew used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic word so that his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told them it meant “Place of a Skull.” You may also use the letters of your language to express the sound of this Aramaic word. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani? This is an Aramaic phrase. Matthew used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic phrase so that his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told them that it meant “My God, my God, why have you forsaken me?” You may also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of these Aramaic words. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
2153	27:1	qe1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now here indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is a new event that happened right after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2154	27:1	cm46		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὥστε θανατῶσαι αὐτόν	1	Because the Roman authorities did not allow the Jewish leaders to execute people, the Jewish leaders had to convince the Roman authorities to execute people for them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so as to convince the Roman authorities to put him to death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2155	27:1	vz6r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	ὥστε	1	Here, so as to introduces a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that they could” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
2156	27:1	uuov		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	θανατῶσαι αὐτόν	1	See how you translated death in 26:59. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2157	27:2	jwws		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δήσαντες αὐτὸν	1	The Jewish religious leaders commanded that Jesus should be bound but did not bind him themselves. It would have been their guards who actually bound Jesus and led him away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “commanding the guards to bind him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2158	27:2	rdu4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἀπήγαγον	1	Here, they refers to the Jewish leaders and temple guards who were accusing Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities and their guards led him away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2159	27:2	d6l0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπήγαγον	1	Here Matthew implies that they led Jesus away from Caiaphas’ house. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they led him away from Caiaphas’ house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2160	27:2	uu8q			παρέδωκαν Πειλάτῳ	1	Alternate translation: “delivered him over to Pilate” or “transferred control of Jesus to Pilate”
2161	27:3	qm12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	τότε	1	Then here indicates that Matthew has stopped telling the story of Jesus’ trial so he can tell the story of how Judas killed himself. If your language has a way of showing that a new story is starting, you could use that here. Alternate translation: “Around that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2162	27:3	v9vj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅτι κατεκρίθη	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the Jewish leaders had condemned Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2163	27:3	pe4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ πρεσβυτέροις	1	This phrase refers to the money that the chief priests had given Judas to betray Jesus, as mentioned in 26:15. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those 30 pieces of silver that they had given to him earlier to the chief priests and elders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2164	27:4	f6u8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	αἷμα ἀθῷον	1	Here, blood refers to the death of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person who does not deserve to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2165	27:4	mf6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς?	1	The Jewish leaders are not asking for information. They are using this question to emphasize that they do not care about what Judas has done. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “That is not our problem!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2166	27:4	itqk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	Here, us refers to the Jewish leaders who are speaking to Judas, so us would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2167	27:4	y4yo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σὺ ὄψῃ	1	This sentence is an idiom that the Jewish leaders used to deny being responsible for what Judas had done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use an equivalent idiom in your language. Alternate translation: “That is your responsibility” or “That is none of our business” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2168	27:5	tuh4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ῥίψας τὰ ἀργύρια εἰς τὸν ναὸν	1	This clause means that Judas threw the pieces of silver into the temple building itself, where only priests were allowed to go. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having thrown the pieces of silver into the temple building” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2169	27:6	rguy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐκ ἔξεστιν βαλεῖν αὐτὰ εἰς τὸν κορβανᾶν, ἐπεὶ τιμὴ αἵματός ἐστιν	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because it is the price of blood, it is not lawful to put this into the treasury” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2170	27:6	r5r9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔξεστιν	1	Here, lawful refers to being permitted according to Jewish religious laws. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Our religious laws do not allow us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2171	27:6	ce2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτὰ	1	Here, this refers to the 30 pieces of silver that Judas threw into the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2172	27:6	gtp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν κορβανᾶν	1	The treasury refers to the place in the temple where they kept the money given to the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the place where we keep the money that belongs to the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2173	27:6	fv6n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τιμὴ αἵματός	1	The chief priests are using the possessive form to describe a price that is paid for blood. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the price that was paid for blood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2174	27:6	j2l8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	αἵματός	1	Here, blood refers to the death of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of a man dying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2175	27:7	x2k5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν	1	Here, them refers to the 30 pieces of silver that Judas threw into the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those pieces of silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2176	27:7	mtg6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν Ἀγρὸν τοῦ Κεραμέως	1	This phrase could refer to: (1) what the local people called the field. Alternate translation: “the Field of the Potter” (2) a field that had clay used by people who make pots. Alternate translation: “the field where people dug clay for making pots” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2177	27:7	n6ow		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς	1	Here, for introduces a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that they could make it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
2178	27:7	e29n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῖς ξένοις	1	Here, strangers refers to people who died in Jerusalem and did not live in the city. They could have been Jews visiting from other areas or non-Jewish foreigners. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for people from outside Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2179	27:8	nts8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκλήθη ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκεῖνος	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people call that field” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2180	27:8	ag2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕως τῆς σήμερον	1	Here, this day refers to the time when Matthew wrote this book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “up to the time when this book was written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2181	27:9	rj3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this fulfilled what the prophet Jeremiah spoke” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2182	27:9	auz3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἐπληρώθη & λέγοντος	1	Here, saying introduces a paraphrase of some Old Testament verses (Zechariah 11:12–13, Jeremiah 13:5). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from important texts. Alternate translation: “was fulfilled. He had said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
2183	27:9	g1gc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	καὶ	1	From And here to the end of the next verse, Matthew is paraphrasing some Old Testament verses (Zechariah 11:12–13, Jeremiah 13:5). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
2184	27:9	t1dj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ τετιμημένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the price the sons of Israel set on him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2185	27:9	d7l7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ	1	Here, the word sons means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Israel” or “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2186	27:10	c2ch		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	καὶ ἔδωκαν αὐτὰ εἰς τὸν Ἀγρὸν τοῦ Κεραμέως, καθὰ συνέταξέν μοι Κύριος	1	This verse continues the paraphrase of Zechariah 11:12–13 and Jeremiah 13:5 that Matthew introduced in the previous verse. You may need to indicate this with a closing quotation mark at the end of this verse or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
2187	27:10	s356		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἔδωκαν αὐτὰ	1	Here, they refers to “the sons of Israel” and it refers to the “30 pieces of silver” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel gave the pieces of silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2188	27:10	vs3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔδωκαν αὐτὰ εἰς	1	This phrase means that the people bought the field with the pieces of silver. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with it they bought” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2189	27:10	dufx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὸν Ἀγρὸν τοῦ Κεραμέως	1	See how you translated this phrase in 27:7. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2190	27:11	pjc5			δὲ	1	Now here indicates that what follows is the continuation of the story of Jesus’ trial before Pilate, which began in 27:2. If your language has a way of continuing a story after a break from the main story line, you could use it here.
2191	27:11	a2e7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ & Ἰησοῦς ἐστάθη	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone made Jesus stand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2192	27:11	a6cm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σὺ λέγεις	1	You say so is an idiom. Jesus is using it to acknowledge that what Pilate has said is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how you translated the similar phrase in 26:25. Alternate translation: “Yes, it is as you say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2193	27:12	vl3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when the chief priests and the elders accused him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2194	27:13	e3td		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])”
2195	27:13	wn2r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀκούεις πόσα σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν?	1	Pilate is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to express how surprised he is that Jesus does not defend himself. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you hear everything they are bringing against you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2196	27:13	kc8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ ἀκούεις πόσα σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν?	1	Pilate implies that he expects Jesus to defend himself in response to the accusations made against him by the Jewish leaders. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do you not hear everything they are bringing against you? You should answer!” or “Do you not hear everything they are bringing against you? Why don’t you answer them?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2197	27:14	xx94		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πρὸς οὐδὲ ἓν ῥῆμα	1	This phrase could mean: (1) Jesus did not say anything in response to what Pilate said in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “with even a single word” (2) Jesus did not respond to even one of the accusations that the Jewish leaders had made against him. In this case word would be translated as “charge.” Alternate translation: “with regard to even one charge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2198	27:14	hbm8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε θαυμάζειν	1	Here, so as to introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “so that he amazed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2199	27:15	jjp8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Now here marks a break in the main story line so Matthew can give information to help the reader understand what happens in 27:17–26. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2200	27:15	p1ha		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἑορτὴν	1	Here, the festival refers the Passover celebration. See how you translated the same use of this phrase in 26:5. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2201	27:15	pfk6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	τῷ ὄχλῳ	1	The word crowd is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use nouns in that way, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “to the group of people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
2202	27:16	ir01		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Now is used here to mark a continuation of the break in the main story line which began in the preceding verse. Matthew introduces more background information, this time about Barabbas, to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2203	27:16	q2iu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	εἶχον	1	Here, they refers to the Roman authorities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Roman authorities were holding” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2204	27:16	svr2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	λεγόμενον	1	See how you translated named in 26:3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2205	27:17	l80q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συνηγμένων & αὐτῶν	1	See how you translated gathered together in 26:3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2206	27:17	wrl3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom some people call the Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2207	27:18	a5lt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For here indicates that what follows is the reason why Pilate asked the question in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “Pilate asked this because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2208	27:18	ugse		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	παρέδωκαν αὐτόν	1	Here, they refers to the chief priests and elders of the Jewish people, the first him refers to Jesus, and the second him refers to Pilate. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the chief priests and elders had handed Jesus over to Pilate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2209	27:18	jq3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	διὰ φθόνον	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of envy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because they envied him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2210	27:19	t3mx			καθημένου δὲ αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “But while Pilate was sitting”
2211	27:19	s5pc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ βήματος	1	The judgment seat was a special chair in which a leader sat when he was making an official judgment. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of judgment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the seat used for judging people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2212	27:19	w4i8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀπέστειλεν	1	Here, sent word means that Pilate’s wife sent a person to tell Pilate a message by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “sent someone to tell him a message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2213	27:19	ga4q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μηδὲν σοὶ καὶ τῷ δικαίῳ ἐκείνῳ	1	This sentence is an idiom that indicates that Pilates wife did not want Pilate to be involved with anything related to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Have nothing to do with that righteous one” or “Let there be nothing between you and that righteous one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2214	27:19	v8ty		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For here indicates that what follows is the reason why Pilate’s wife told him what she said in the previous sentence. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “I say this because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2215	27:20	ax1i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Here, now is used to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew tells background information about why the people chose Barabbas to be released. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2216	27:20	al54		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αἰτήσωνται τὸν Βαραββᾶν, τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν	1	Here Matthew implies that the crowds asked Pilate for Barabbas to be released from prison and for Roman soldiers to kill Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they would ask Pilate for Barabbas to be released from prison, but have the Roman soldiers kill Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2217	27:21	x6vf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῶν δύο	1	Matthew quotes Pilate using the adjective *two as a noun in order to refer to the two men, Jesus and Barabbas. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the two prisoners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2218	27:22	dpb2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει & λέγουσιν πάντες	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said … They all answered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
2219	27:22	zl85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν	1	See how you translated this phrase in 27:17. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2220	27:22	ttva		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σταυρωθήτω	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Crucify him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2221	27:22	kkus		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σταυρωθήτω	1	The Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with a crossbar and setting the beam upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. That was what it meant to have someone crucified. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let him be nailed to a cross” or “Let him be executed!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2222	27:22	uedb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	σταυρωθήτω	1	Here, the phrase Let him be crucified is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you could translate this phrase as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to nail him to a cross to execute him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
2223	27:23	m5jm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν?	1	Pilate does not expect the crowd to tell him what Jesus has done wrong. Rather, he is using the question form to emphasize to the crowd that Jesus is innocent. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is no reason to execute this man, because he has not done anything wrong!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2224	27:23	bijy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κακὸν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of evil, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “evil thing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2225	27:23	nb7p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σταυρωθήτω	1	See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2226	27:24	oa2l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἰδὼν & ὅτι οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον θόρυβος γίνεται	1	These two clauses indicate the reason why Pilate did what is described in the rest of the verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “because he saw that he was accomplishing nothing, but instead a riot was starting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2227	27:24	gefl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ & θόρυβος γίνεται	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he was accomplishing nothing … a riot was starting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
2228	27:24	yj8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἀπενίψατο τὰς χεῖρας ἀπέναντι τοῦ ὄχλου	1	Pilate washed his hands as a sign to the people that he was not responsible for Jesus’ death. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2229	27:24	u1fe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦ αἵματος	1	Here Pilate uses blood to refer to a person’s death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2230	27:24	f4ub		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὑμεῖς ὄψεσθε	1	See how you translated the similar idiom in 27:4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2231	27:25	k1cb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν	1	The phrase be on us and on our children is an idiom that means that the crowd was accepting the responsibility for what was happening. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “We and our children will be responsible for his blood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2232	27:25	n5k1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ αἷμα	1	See how you translated the same use of blood in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2233	27:25	timm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς & ἡμῶν	1	Here, us and our refer to the Jewish people, so us and our would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2234	27:25	bsfd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὰ τέκνα	1	Here, children refers to future descendants in general, not only to the children of the people who were speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “future generations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2235	27:26	yb5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἀπέλυσεν & παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ	1	The first two occurrences of he refer to Pilate, but him and the third occurrence of he refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate released … Pilate handed Jesus over so that Jesus would be crucified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2236	27:26	m63d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπέλυσεν & τὸν Βαραββᾶν & Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας	1	Matthew assumes that his readers will know that Pilate did not actually release Barabbas or flog Jesus, but ordered his soldiers to do those things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he commanded his soldiers to release Barabbas … having commanded his soldiers to flog Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2237	27:26	adak		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	φραγελλώσας	1	If your readers would not be familiar with this form of punishment, you could explain explicitly what flogging was. Flogging was a Roman penalty in which soldiers whipped a person with a whip to which were attached pieces of bone and metal to increase the whip’s capacity to do harm to the person being flogged. Alternate translation: “having whipped Jesus with a whip to which someone had attached pieces of bone and metal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2238	27:26	n421		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	παρέδωκεν	1	Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he handed him over to his soldiers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2239	27:26	y3kf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σταυρωθῇ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they would crucify him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2240	27:27	zz45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ πραιτώριον	1	The Praetorium was where the Roman governor stayed when he was in Jerusalem and where the Roman soldiers in Jerusalem lived. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the palace where the governor and his soldiers lived” or “the Roman governor’s residence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2241	27:27	bn22		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν	1	Matthew assumes that his readers will know that a cohort was a unit of Roman soldiers. A cohort normally numbered around 600 men but could sometimes refer to as few as 200 men. Here, by saying the whole cohort, Matthew most likely means that all the soldiers from the cohort who were on duty at that time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the whole unit of soldiers” or “the whole unit of soldiers who were on duty there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2242	27:28	nx81			καὶ ἐκδύσαντες αὐτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “And having pulled off his clothes”
2243	27:28	id2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	χλαμύδα κοκκίνην περιέθηκαν αὐτῷ	1	In Roman culture, a scarlet robe was worn by kings. The soldiers put a scarlet robe on Jesus in order to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “they put a scarlet robe on him in order to mock him by pretending that they believed he really was a king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2244	27:28	yf6s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κοκκίνην	1	The word scarlet refers to a color. Since Mark records in Mark 15:17 that the color of this robe was “purple,” the color closely resembled both scarlet and “purple.” If your readers would be unfamiliar with these colors, you could use the closest equivalent color that they would be familiar with. Alternate translation: “dark red” or “crimson” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2245	27:29	ksjn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν	1	Matthew is using the possessive form to describe a crown that is made from branches with thorns on them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a crown made from thorns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2246	27:29	km30		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἀκανθῶν	1	Matthew uses the word thorns to refer to small branches with thorns on them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “thorny branches” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2247	27:29	yw94		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν, ἐπέθηκαν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ; καὶ κάλαμον ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ	1	In Roman culture, a crown was worn by a king, and a king held a scepter in his right hand. In order to mock Jesus, the soldiers put a crown made from thorns on Jesus’ head and put a reed in his right hand that resembled a king’s scepter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a crown of thorns, they put it on his head and a reed in his right hand in order to mock him by pretending that they believed he really was a king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2248	27:29	dlz7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	γονυπετήσαντες	1	The act of kneeling down was normally done as a way of honoring kings. The soldiers actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of this action. These soldiers do not really believe that Jesus is a king, but rather, they have knelt down to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could provide a brief explanation. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “having knelt down as if honoring a king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2249	27:29	qf8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	ἐνέπαιξαν αὐτῷ λέγοντες, χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Hail was a common greeting, but the soldiers used this greeting in order to mock Jesus. They did not believe that Jesus was really the King of the Jews. They actually meant to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words, as Matthew indicates when he says that they mocked him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “they mocked him by saying, ‘Hail, you so-called King of the Jews’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2250	27:30	ib5q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν κάλαμον	1	Here, *the reed refers to the stick the soldiers had put in Jesus’ right hand in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the reed from his hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2251	27:32	m5bl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Now here indicates that this verse is a break in the main story line. Matthew does this in order to give information about Simon from Cyrene. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2252	27:32	d0ps		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐξερχόμενοι	1	Your language may say “going out” rather than coming out in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
2253	27:32	j5wq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξερχόμενοι	1	Here, coming out implies that Jesus and the soldiers came out of the city of Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as they came out of the city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2254	27:32	sfj2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	τοῦτον ἠγγάρευσαν ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ	1	Here, they refers to the Roman soldiers, he refers to Simon, and his refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “whom the soldiers forced to go with them so that he could carry Jesus’ cross” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2255	27:33	j6hb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τόπον λεγόμενον Γολγοθᾶ, ὅ ἐστιν & λεγόμενος	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a place that people called Golgotha, which means” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2256	27:33	lopg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate	Γολγοθᾶ	1	Here Matthew writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word using Greek letters. Since Matthew translates the meaning later in the verse, you may write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language. See the discussion of Golgotha in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
2257	27:34	f11j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πιεῖν οἶνον μετὰ χολῆς μεμιγμένον	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “wine, which they had mixed with gall, to drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2258	27:34	e2uk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	χολῆς	1	Here, gall refers to a bitter tasting liquid that was a pain-relieving medicine. Mark specifically identifies this as liquid that came from the myrrh plant (Mark 15:23. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “bitter, pain-relieving medicine”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2259	27:35	d4h6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	βάλλοντες κλῆρον	1	The term lots refers to objects with different markings on various sides that were used to decide randomly among several possibilities. They were tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with lots, you could use a general expression for gambling. Alternate translation: “by gambling” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2260	27:35	u4dl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βάλλοντες κλῆρον	1	Matthew implies that the soldiers were casting lots in order to determine who would take which pieces of Jesus’ clothing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by casting lots to decide who would take which ones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2261	27:36	o9ed		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐτήρουν αὐτὸν ἐκεῖ	1	Matthew implies that the soldiers kept guard over Jesus to prevent anyone from rescuing him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they kept guard over him there to prevent people from rescuing him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2262	27:37	j4s4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὴν αἰτίαν αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the charge refers to the written explanation of the crime Jesus was accused of committing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a written explanation of the crime they were accusing him of doing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2263	27:37	an2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γεγραμμένην	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which someone had written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2264	27:38	ms2d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	σταυροῦνται	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “were crucified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])”
2265	27:38	zq4b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τότε σταυροῦνται σὺν αὐτῷ δύο λῃσταί	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers crucified two robbers with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2266	27:38	ci6g			εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν, καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων	1	Alternate translation: “one robber on his right side and one robber on his left side” or “one on a cross on the right side of him and one on a cross on the left side of him”
2267	27:39	d4fm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν	1	The people’s action of shaking their heads at Jesus showed that they felt disdain for him and that they disapproved of him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “showing disdain for him by shaking their heads” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2268	27:40	p6sq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ καταλύων τὸν ναὸν καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις οἰκοδομῶν	1	The people refer to Jesus by what he earlier prophesied that he would do. Alternate translation: “You who said you would destroy the temple and rebuild it in three days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2269	27:40	t23i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ κατάβηθι ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ	1	The people did not believe that Jesus was the Son of God, so they wanted him to prove it if it was true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If you are the Son of God, prove it by coming down from the cross” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2270	27:40	b5lw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2271	27:42	ff4d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	ἄλλους ἔσωσεν	1	Here, the Jewish leaders are using irony. They do not really believe that Jesus saved other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2272	27:42	wu7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄλλους ἔσωσεν	1	In context, the Jewish leaders are implicitly referring to how Jesus saved others by healing their diseases, releasing them from demon-possession, and saving them from other physical problems. They did not think that Jesus saved them from sin or divine judgment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people by doing miracles for them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2273	27:42	j6l7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν, καταβάτω	1	Here, the Jewish leaders are using irony. They do not really believe that Jesus is the King of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He calls himself the King of Israel. So let him come down” or “If he really is the King of Israel, let him come down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2274	27:42	vmdc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν, καταβάτω νῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ, καὶ πιστεύσομεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	The Jewish leaders are suggesting a hypothetical situation since they do not believe that Jesus actually has the power to come down from the cross. Use whatever form in your language would be most natural to communicate this. Alternate translation: “Suppose he really is the King of Israel. Then let him come down now from the cross, and we will believe that he is the King of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
2275	27:43	zy1h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	πέποιθεν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν, ῥυσάσθω νῦν εἰ θέλει αὐτόν	1	Here, the Jewish leaders are using irony. They do not really believe that Jesus has trusted in God, that God would rescue him, or that God wants him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He claims to trust in God. So let God rescue him now, if he even wants him” or “If he really trusts in God and God really wants him, then let God rescue him now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2276	27:43	cl97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν γὰρ, ὅτι Θεοῦ εἰμι Υἱός.	1	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would not be used in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For he said that he is the Son of God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2277	27:43	uw85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ & Υἱός	1	Son of God is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2278	27:44	e26y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ λῃσταὶ, οἱ συνσταυρωθέντες σὺν αὐτῷ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the robbers whom the soldiers were crucifying with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2279	27:45	e7z4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now here indicates that what follows is a new event that happened after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2280	27:45	xsps		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ἕκτης ὥρας & ὥρας ἐνάτης	1	If you decide to translate these phrases in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “hour six … hour nine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2281	27:45	s2l7			ἕκτης ὥρας	1	In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “noon” or “12:00 PM”
2282	27:45	pi8e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	σκότος ἐγένετο	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of darkness, you could express it in a different way. Alternate translation: “it became dark” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2283	27:45	lnkx			ὥρας ἐνάτης	1	In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “3:00 PM”
2284	27:46	rcjr			τὴν ἐνάτην ὥραν	1	See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.
2285	27:46	qyp7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀνεβόησεν & φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1	This is an idiom that means Jesus raised the volume of his voice. Alternate translation: “cried out loudly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2286	27:46	xub2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate	Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει	1	This sentence is what Jesus cried out in the Jewish Aramaic language. Jesus is quoting from Psalm 22:1. See the discussion of this sentence in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
2287	27:47	y60j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀκούσαντες ἔλεγον	1	Matthew implies that the people did not understand what Jesus said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having heard it, misunderstood and said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2288	27:48	jm37		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὄξους	1	Here, sour wine refers to the inexpensive wine that common people in Jesus’ culture would usually drink to quench thirst. Therefore, the person who gave Jesus this sour wine was acting kindly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how sour wine is translated in Mark 15:36 and John 19:29. Alternate translation: “with common wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2289	27:48	bsy1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σπόγγον	1	A sponge is a small object that can soak up and hold liquid that comes out of it when the sponge is squeezed. If your readers would not be familiar with this object, you could use the name of something your readers would use for soaking up liquid, or you could use a general expression. See how sponge is translated in Mark 15:36 and John 19:29. Alternate translation: “something to soak up liquid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2290	27:50	n21n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πάλιν κράξας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1	See how you translated cried out with a loud voice in 27:46. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2291	27:50	fj1v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀφῆκεν τὸ πνεῦμα	1	This clause is an idiom that means “willingly died.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how a similar phrase is translated in John 19:30. Alternate translation: “he allowed himself to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2292	27:51	a92g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Matthew uses the term behold here to call the reader’s attention to the surprising event that he describes next in the story. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2293	27:51	u0pw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο, ἀπ’ ἄνωθεν ἕως κάτω	1	See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of the symbolic significance of this action. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2294	27:51	m1ic		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐσχίσθη & ἡ γῆ ἐσείσθη, καὶ αἱ πέτραι ἐσχίσθησαν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God tore … God shook the earth, and God split the rocks apart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2295	27:51	xp2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ	1	Matthew assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to the curtain that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the curtain in front of the Most Holy Place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2296	27:52	a1cu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ τὰ μνημεῖα ἀνεῴχθησαν, καὶ πολλὰ σώματα	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And God opened the tombs, and he raised many of the bodies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2297	27:52	hgn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	κεκοιμημένων	1	Here, fallen asleep refers to being dead. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who had passed away” or “who had died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2298	27:52	kj3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἠγέρθη	1	Here, raised is an idiom that refers to causing someone who has died to become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were caused to live again” or “were made alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2299	27:53	q2x5			ἐξελθόντες ἐκ τῶν μνημείων μετὰ τὴν ἔγερσιν αὐτοῦ, εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν πόλιν	1	This could mean: (1) the saints came out from the tombs before Jesus came back to life, but did not enter into the holy city until after Jesus came back to life. Alternate translation: “having come out from the tombs, after his resurrection they entered into the holy city” (2) the saints came out from the tombs after Jesus came back to life. Alternate translation: “having come out from the tombs after his resurrection, they entered into the holy city”
2300	27:54	f6rz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now here indicates that what follows is a new event that happened right after the events told in 27:50–51. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2301	27:54	vv2g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ τηροῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	This phrase refers to the other soldiers who were guarding Jesus with the centurion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the other soldiers with him who were guarding Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2302	27:54	gse9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἰδόντες τὸν σεισμὸν καὶ τὰ γενόμενα	1	Matthew implies that the soldiers felt the earthquake and saw the things that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2303	27:54	gw6n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ Υἱὸς	1	Son of God is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2304	27:55	h0m2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	διακονοῦσαι αὐτῷ	1	This phrase indicates the purpose for the women following Jesus from Galilee. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of serving him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
2305	27:56	yni6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ, καὶ Μαρία ἡ τοῦ Ἰακώβου καὶ Ἰωσὴφ μήτηρ	1	Because Mary was a very common name at this time and because Matthew refers to two different women with the name Mary in this verse, he provides this background information to help readers know to which Mary he is referring to in each case. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Mary, who came from Magdala, and another Mary, who was the mother of James and Joseph” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2306	27:56	xx27		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰακώβου & Ἰωσὴφ	1	James and Joseph were common names for men at this time. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2307	27:56	ud33		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου	1	See how you translated the similar phrase in 26:37. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2308	27:57	wm5z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now here indicates that what follows in 27:57–61 is a new event that happened right after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2309	27:57	sy9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἁριμαθαίας	1	Arimathea is the name of a city in Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2310	27:57	o9c6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἐμαθητεύθη τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom Jesus had discipled as well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2311	27:58	kjyw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	The reason that Joseph asked Pilate for the body of Jesus was so that he could bury it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “asked for permission to get the body of Jesus in order to bury it” or “asked that he be given the body of Jesus so that he could bury it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2312	27:58	c69n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τότε ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐκέλευσεν ἀποδοθῆναι	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then Pilate ordered the soldiers to give it to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2313	27:59	eupz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λαβὼν τὸ σῶμα, ὁ Ἰωσὴφ ἐνετύλιξεν αὐτὸ	1	Matthew assumes that his readers would know that other people helped Joseph take Jesus’ body and prepare it for the tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph and the people who helped him, having taken the body, wrapped it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2314	27:59	q9q9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐνετύλιξεν αὐτὸ σινδόνι καθαρᾷ	1	This was the burial custom in this culture. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “wrapped it in a fine linen burial cloth” or “prepared it for burial” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2315	27:59	kj7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σινδόνι καθαρᾷ	1	The term linen cloth refers to a high quality cloth made from the fibers of the flax plant. If your readers would be unfamiliar with linen, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a fine cloth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2316	27:60	hvs8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃ ἐλατόμησεν ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ	1	Matthew implies that Joseph had hired workers to cut the tomb into the rock. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that he had had workers cut into the rock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2317	27:60	lt4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔθηκεν αὐτὸ & προσκυλίσας λίθον μέγαν	1	Matthew assumes that his readers would know that other people helped Joseph when he laid Jesus’ body in the tomb and rolled a large stone over the entrance. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph and the people who helped him laid it … they rolled a large stone against” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2318	27:61	ihr8			ἀπέναντι τοῦ τάφου	1	Alternate translation: “across from the tomb”
2319	27:62	wxrc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now here indicates that what follows in 27:62–66 is a new event that happened after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After those things happened,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2320	27:62	qj59		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῇ & ἐπαύριον, ἥτις ἐστὶν μετὰ τὴν παρασκευήν	1	Here, the Preparation refers to the day before the Sabbath on which Jews would prepare for the Sabbath so that they would not have to do work on that day. Therefore, the next day here refers to the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the next day, which was after the day on which Jews prepared for the Sabbath” or “the next day, which was the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2321	27:62	j57n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συνήχθησαν	1	See how you translated gathered together in 26:3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2322	27:63	sc6y			ἐκεῖνος ὁ πλάνος & ἔτι ζῶν	1	Alternate translation: “Jesus, the deceiver, when he was alive”
2323	27:63	ri5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν & μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι.	1	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would not be used in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said that after three days he would be raised up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2324	27:63	ou2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας	1	Jesus was referring to three days after he died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “After three days of being dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2325	27:63	jp1m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	ἐγείρομαι	1	The Jewish leaders quote Jesus using the present tense to refer to a future event. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will be raised up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
2326	27:63	e6uz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐγείρομαι	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will raise me up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2327	27:63	ike6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐγείρομαι	1	Here, raised up is an idiom that refers to a dead person becoming alive again. See how you translated raised up in 20:19. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2328	27:64	r0qr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	κέλευσον	1	Here, command is an imperative, but since the Jewish leaders cannot command Pilate to do this, you could translate this phrase as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “we want you to command” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
2329	27:64	b8n2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your soldiers to make the tomb secure” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2330	27:64	hbh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “day three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2331	27:64	pwc8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐλθόντες	1	Your language may say “gone” rather than come in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having gone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
2332	27:64	jgqs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλθόντες	1	The Jewish leaders imply here that Jesus’ disciples might come to the tomb in which Jesus was buried. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having come to Jesus’ tomb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2333	27:64	t78s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἴπωσιν τῷ λαῷ, ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ	1	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would not be used in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “might say to the people that he has been raised up from the dead, and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2334	27:64	km0j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἠγέρθη	1	See how you translated raised up in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2335	27:64	c7bf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	Here, the phrase translated the dead ones refers to dead people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the place where dead people are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2336	27:64	u5tg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of deception, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the last time they deceive people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2337	27:65	dkq9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	κουστωδίαν	1	The word guard here is a singular noun that refers to a group of soldiers. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of guards” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
2338	27:66	pk1q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σφραγίσαντες τὸν λίθον	1	This means that a seal was put on the stone that covered the entrance of Jesus’ tomb. The seal would break if someone moved the stone, thus indicating that the stone was moved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having placed a seal on the stone that was against the entrance of the tomb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2339	27:66	e8uf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	τῆς κουστωδίας	1	See how you translated the same use of guard in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
2340	28:intro	psw9				0	Matthew 28 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter The tomb The tomb in which Jesus was buried (28:1) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/tomb]]) “Make disciples” The last two verses (28:19–20) are commonly known as “The Great Commission” because they contain a very important command given to all Christians. Christians are to “make disciples” by going to people, sharing the gospel with them, and training them to live according to what Jesus commanded. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter An angel of the Lord Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing appearing to the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels looked like male humans. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 28:1–2 and Mark 16:5 and Luke 24:4 and John 20:12)
2341	28:1	anr1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now here indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is a new event that happened soon after the time of the events the story has just related in the previous chapter. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2342	28:1	qkn8			ὀψὲ δὲ Σαββάτων, τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ εἰς μίαν σαββάτων	1	Alternate translation: “Now after the Sabbath ended, as the sun came up on the first day of the week”
2343	28:1	avwc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς μίαν σαββάτων	1	Matthew uses first to imply the first day of the week. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the week” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2344	28:1	gs43		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	μίαν σαββάτων	1	Here Matthew is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” in the original language to mean first. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2345	28:1	zu2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία	1	This Mary is the mother of James and Joseph, as stated in 27:56. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated the other Mary in 27:61 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2346	28:2	j25i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Matthew uses the term behold here to call the reader’s attention to the suddenness of the event that he describes next in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all of the sudden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2347	28:2	l4s2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, for indicates that what follows is the reason why the earthquake happened. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2348	28:2	a5xv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπεκύλισε τὸν λίθον	1	This clause implies that the angel rolled away the stone that was covering the entrance to the tomb in which Jesus’ body had been placed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “rolled away the stone that was covering the entrance of the tomb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2349	28:3	qloc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Now here indicates that this verse is a break in the main story line. Matthew does this in order to give information about an angel at Jesus’ tomb. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2350	28:3	p12y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἦν & ὡς ἀστραπὴ	1	The point of this comparison is that the appearance of the angel was very bright, as lightning is very bright. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “was extremely bright, like lightning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2351	28:3	i4hp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ λευκὸν ὡς χιών	1	Matthew is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “his clothing was white like snow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2352	28:3	bzow		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	λευκὸν ὡς χιών	1	The point of this comparison is that the clothing of the angel was pure white, as snow is pure white. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “was pure white, like snow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2353	28:3	orq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	λευκὸν ὡς χιών	1	Matthew is comparing the angel’s clothing to snow because snow is a very white substance. If your readers would not be familiar with snow, you could use the name of something in your area that is known to be very white, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “white as cotton” or “very, very white” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2354	28:4	u00v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπὸ & τοῦ φόβου αὐτοῦ, ἐσείσθησαν οἱ τηροῦντες	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the guards’ fear of him caused them to shake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2355	28:4	b1ic		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἐγενήθησαν ὡς νεκροί	1	Matthew compares the guards to dead men because dead men lie on the ground and do no move. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fell to the ground and lay still” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2356	28:5	q8dd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ταῖς γυναιξίν	1	Here, the women refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary mentioned in 28:1. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2357	28:5	tbd8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people have crucified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2358	28:6	jwc5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἠγέρθη	1	See how you translated this phrase in 27:64. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2359	28:7	r0p2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	ταχὺ πορευθεῖσαι	1	Here the angel is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a command, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
2360	28:7	sp2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἴπατε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ ἰδοὺ, προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε.	1	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “tell his disciples that he has been raised up from the dead ones. And behold, he is going ahead of you to Galilee. There you will see him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2361	28:7	r5cw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	See how you translated this sentence in 27:64. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2362	28:7	a1ir		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ & ἰδοὺ	1	The angel uses behold twice in this verse because he wants the disciples to focus their attention on what he is saying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “pay attention … Pay attention to what” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2363	28:7	ljb2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ὑμᾶς & ὄψεσθε & ὑμῖν	1	All occurrences of you are plural in this verse and refer to the disciples. You may need to translate these as plural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
2364	28:8	j2sv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἔδραμον	1	Here, they refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary mentioned in 28:1. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary ran” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2365	28:9	s393		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Matthew uses the term behold here to call the reader’s attention to the suddenness of the event that he describes next in the story. See how you translated the same use of behold in 28:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2366	28:9	nmg1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκράτησαν αὐτοῦ τοὺς πόδας	1	Here, Matthew implies that the two women knelt down on the ground when they took hold of his feet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “got down on their knees and held onto his feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2367	28:10	hfkc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
2368	28:10	etk6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου	1	Here Jesus refers to his disciples as if they were all brothers in his family. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2369	28:11	ktu5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now here indicates that what follows in 28:11–15 is a new event that happened during the time of the events the story has just related in 28:9–10. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “At the time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2370	28:11	mu4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν	1	Here, they refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated they in 28:8. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2371	28:11	rnr3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδού	1	Matthew uses the term behold here to call the reader’s attention to what is about to happen. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2372	28:11	egn5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῆς κουστωδίας	1	Here, the guards refers to the Roman soldiers who had been guarding Jesus’ tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Roman guards who had been at the tomb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2373	28:11	yvgx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν πόλιν	1	Here, the city refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2374	28:12	ht82		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συναχθέντες	1	See how you translated gathered together in 26:3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2375	28:12	birm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἔδωκαν	1	Here, they refers to the chief priests mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the chief priests gave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2376	28:13	kn8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἴπατε ὅτι, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ νυκτὸς ἐλθόντες ἔκλεψαν αὐτὸν, ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων	1	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Say that his disciples, having come by night, stole him while we are sleeping” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2377	28:13	s0bu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	Here, we refers to the Roman soldiers who guarded Jesus’ tomb, so we would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2378	28:14	n8xy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the governor hears this report” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2379	28:14	u13q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ ἡγεμόνος	1	Here, the governor refers to Pilate, as indicated in 27:2. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2380	28:14	x57k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1	Here, we refers to the Jewish chief priests and elders, so we would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2381	28:14	exuo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πείσομεν	1	Here the chief priests and elders imply that they will persuade the governor not to punish the soldiers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will persuade him not to punish you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2382	28:15	yu3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐποίησαν ὡς ἐδιδάχθησαν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “did what the priests had told them to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2383	28:15	cp7r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας	1	Here, today refers to the time when Matthew wrote this book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when this book was written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2384	28:16	h1ln		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now here indicates that what follows in 28:16–20 is a new event that happened after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2385	28:17	pze9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ & ἐδίστασαν	1	Matthew implies that some of the disciples doubted that the person they were seeing was really Jesus and that he had really become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of the disciples doubted that it was Jesus and that he had become alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2386	28:18	v37p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My Father has given me all authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2387	28:18	c9m6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I have been authorized to rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2388	28:18	sm35		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	Here, heaven and earth are used together to refer to everyone and everything everywhere. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “over everything everywhere” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2389	28:19	sf28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	πορευθέντες	1	In this clause Jesus is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
2390	28:19	yz6q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	Here, nations refers to people who live in all the nations. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of people in all the nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2391	28:19	oc88		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μαθητεύσατε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	The phrase make disciples implies telling people the gospel message so that they can believe it and become Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “preach the gospel to people of all the nations so that they will become Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2392	28:19	l5b5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομα	1	Here, name represents the authority of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2393	28:19	pmg8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ, καὶ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος	1	Here in name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit could mean: (1) by being baptized, the disciples of all the nations would be acknowledging God’s authority over their lives. Alternate translation: “to express their allegiance to the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit” (2) the name is the authority by which disciples are baptized. Alternate translation: “by the authority of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2394	28:19	kwa3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς & τοῦ Υἱοῦ	1	Father and Son are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2395	28:20	lm0u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	διδάσκοντες	1	Jesus is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
2396	28:20	mz6f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Here Jesus uses behold to emphasize the truth of what he is about to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “truly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2397	28:20	cmdj			πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας	1	Alternate translation: “all the time”
2398	28:20	si8z			ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος	1	Alternate translation: “until the end of this age” or “until the end of the world”